IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE
BULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIV NUMBER 14 January 9, 2002 Pages 1009 to 1104

CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 1020 to 1102 include ARC 1223B to ARC 1284B
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Filed, Iowa organic program, ch 47
ARC 1268B 1086
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 1012
Publication procedures 1013
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 1013
Agency identification numbers 1018
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 1017
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
Notice, Waivers and variances, 1.2(2), 1.2(3)
ARC 1274B 1020
Notice, Senior internship program (SIP),
amendments to chs 1, 5, 10 to 12
ARC 1273B 1022
ENERGY AND GEOLOGICAL RESOURCES
DIVISION[565]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Energy bank program, 6.1 to 6.8
ARC 1259B 1027
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice Terminated, Permits or permits
by rule—hot mix asphalt facilities, concrete
batch plants and aggregate processing plants,
20.2, 20.3, 22.1(1), 22.8 ARC 1250B 1033
Notice, Water quality; effluent and pretreatment,
61.2, 61.3(3), 62.8(2) ARC 1245B 1033
Notice, Beverage container deposits,
107.1 to 107.17 ARC 1246B 1035
Notice, Financial assurance requirements
for municipal solid waste landfills, 111.3, 111.4,
111.6, 111.8, 111.9 ARC 1263B 1039
Notice, Financial responsibility for
underground storage tanks, 136.2, 136.18(1),
136.23(6) ARC 1262B 1042
Filed, Controlling pollution—Title V permits,
22.105(1), 22.113(4) ARC 1260B 1086
Filed, Preconstruction filing of manure
management plan, 65.11(1), 65.16
ARC 1249B 1086
Filed, Certification of groundwater professionals,
134.2(3), 134.3 ARC 1248B 1087
Filed, Underground storage tanks—notification
requirements, 135.3 ARC 1247B 1088
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
BOARD, IOWA[351]
Notice, Service of notice of hearing in
a contested case, 7.5(3) ARC 1272B 1043
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
Notice, Inventory guidelines for state of Iowa
personal and real property, 10.2, 10.3,
10.6 ARC 1280B 1043
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, Procedures for rule making, petitions for
rule making, and declaratory orders,
3.3(2), 3.4 to 3.6, 3.11(1), 3.12(1), 4.1,
4.3, 5.1, 5.3(3), 5.5, 5.6(2), 5.8(1), 5.9(1)
ARC 1226B 1044
Notice, Collection of overpayments, 11.1
ARC 1227B 1047
Notice, SSA and Medicaid—annual
cost–of–living adjustments, 51.4(1), 51.7,
52.1, 75.5(3), 75.16(2) ARC 1233B 1047
Notice, Medicaid policy—dental services, 78.4,
78.28(2), 79.1(20) ARC 1228B 1048
Notice, Medicaid policy—optometric and
optical services, 78.6, 78.7, 78.28(3)
ARC 1229B 1050
Notice, Medicaid policy—submittal of
provider claims, 80.2(2), 80.4 ARC 1223B 1052
Notice, Policy—psychiatric institutions,
85.1, 85.2, 85.6(2), 85.7(1) ARC 1224B 1053
Notice, Policy—social services block grants,
153.1 to 153.3, 153.5, 153.7, 153.8
ARC 1225B 1054
Filed, FIP assistance, 41.30(2)“d” ARC 1232B 1088
Filed Emergency, SSA and Medicaid—annual
cost–of–living adjustments, 51.4(1), 51.7, 52.1,
75.5(3), 75.16(2) ARC 1234B 1081
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441] (Cont’d)
Filed, Medicaid—audiology and hearing aid
services, 77.13, 78.14, 78.28(4) ARC 1235B 1089
Filed, Screening centers—coverage for a dental
hygienist’s services and provider application,
77.16, 78.18(8) ARC 1236B 1090
Filed, Child welfare targeted case management
services, 77.29, 78.33, 80.2(2), ch 186
ARC 1237B 1090
Filed, Medicaid—payment for allogeneic
bone marrow transplants, 78.1(20)“a”(2)
ARC 1238B 1093
Filed Emergency After Notice, Medicaid—
payment for liver, heart–lung and pancreas
transplants, 78.1(20)“a”(4) to (7)
ARC 1239B 1082
Filed, Medicaid—rehabilitation agencies,
78.19(1) ARC 1240B 1093
Filed, Nursing facility occupancy rate—
change in implementation date, 81.6(16)
ARC 1241B 1094
Filed, Early and periodic screening, diagnosis,
and treatment (EPSDT) program, 84.1, 84.3,
84.4 ARC 1242B 1094
Filed, Iowa plan for behavioral health,
88.65(3), 88.67(8), 88.73 ARC 1243B 1095
Filed, Child care grants program, 168.1, 168.2,
168.3(2), 168.4, 168.9 ARC 1244B 1096
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Filed, Definition—experience or expertise;
verification of capital contributions, 25.1,
25.4(5) ARC 1270B 1097
Filed, Overpayment recovery unit, 71.1, 71.5
ARC 1269B 1098
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice of workers’ compensation rate filing 1056
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL
EXAMINING BOARD[193D]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Process for sealing and certifying
documents; national examination; renewal
process; fees, amendments to chs 1, 2
ARC 1267B 1099
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Licensure fees, 8.4, 9.5(1), 9.11(3),
10.3 ARC 1265B 1056
Notice, Mandatory reporting—judgments or
settlements; order for mental or physical
examination or alcohol or drug screening,
12.1, 12.2(2), 12.3 ARC 1264B 1057
Notice, Procedures for physicians
dispensing via automated system, 13.6(1)
ARC 1266B 1058
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Land acquisition projects eligible for
ATV grant awards, 28.1, 28.10(2)
ARC 1256B 1059
Notice Terminated, Certified Type V flotation
devices, 37.13 ARC 1284B 1059
Notice, Specifications for inflatable flotation
devices (PFDs); personal flotation—operators
and passengers of personal watercraft, 37.13
ARC 1261B 1059
Notice, Boating speed and distance zoning,
40.20, 40.44, 40.48 ARC 1251B 1060
Filed, State aids to navigation, 41.2(1)
ARC 1253B 1099
Filed, Motor sizes for artificial lakes and
marshes, 45.4, 45.5 ARC 1254B 1100
Filed Emergency After Notice, State parks
and recreation areas, 61.2, 61.4, 61.5
ARC 1252B 1083
Filed, Endangered, threatened and special
concern animal species, 77.2 ARC 1258B 1100
Filed Emergency, Wildlife importation and
transportation, ch 104 ARC 1257B 1084
Filed, Nuisance wildlife control, ch 114
ARC 1255B 1101
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Funeral directors, ch 101; 102.6, 102.9,
102.10; chs 103, 104 ARC 1271B 1061
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 1014
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice, Clarification, removal and correction of
existing rules, amendments to chs 52 to 55,
58, 59 ARC 1283B 1068
Filed, Tax exemption—delivery charges for
electricity or natural gas; state sales tax
phase–out on energies, 15.13, 17.38
ARC 1281B 1101
Filed, Clarification, updating and technical
correction of existing rules, amendments to
chs 71 to 75, 78, 80 to 82, 84, 122, 125
ARC 1282B 1102
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Confidentiality for certain information,
1.9(5)“c,” 1.9(8)“b”(3) ARC 1275B 1072
Notice, Assessment allocation rules, 17.1 to 17.8
ARC 1279B 1074
Notice Terminated, Application of overpayments
to level payment accounts, 19.4(11), 20.4(12)
ARC 1276B 1076
Notice, Certification of rural and nonrural
telecommunication carriers, 22.2(7)
ARC 1277B 1076
Filed Emergency, Lifeline assistance rates,
39.3(2)“b” ARC 1278B 1085
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Notice, Technical corrections, amendments to
chs 1, 3, 4, 6, 8 ARC 1231B 1077
Notice, Filing information—electronic data
interchange (EDI), 2.6, 3.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.7
ARC 1230B 1079

PUBLISHED UNDER AUTHORITY OF IOWA CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND 17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other “materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates [12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury [535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates [535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing [524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone: (515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $273.00 plus $16.38 sales tax
October 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $215.00 plus $12.90 sales tax
January 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $144.50 plus $8.67 sales tax
April 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $72.00 plus $4.32 sales tax
Single copies may be purchased for $20.50 plus $1.23 sales tax.
Iowa Administrative Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement (replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,252.75 plus $75.17 sales tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative Bulletin. Additional binders may be purchased for $11.75 plus $.71 sales tax.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $440.50 plus $26.43 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2002)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:

Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120

Schedule for Rule Making
2002

NOTICE
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
HEARING OR
COMMENTS 20 DAYS
FIRST
POSSIBLE ADOPTION DATE
35 DAYS
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
FIRST
POSSIBLE EFFECTIVE DATE
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180 DAYS
Jan. 4 ’02
Jan. 23 ’02
Feb. 12 ’02
Feb. 27 ’02
Mar. 1 ’02
Mar. 20 ’02
Apr. 24 ’02
July 22 ’02
Jan. 18
Feb. 6
Feb. 26
Mar. 13
Mar. 15
Apr. 3
May 8
Aug. 5
Feb. 1
Feb. 20
Mar. 12
Mar. 27
Mar. 29
Apr. 17
May 22
Aug. 19
Feb. 15
Mar. 6
Mar. 26
Apr. 10
Apr. 12
May 1
June 5
Sept. 2
Mar. 1
Mar. 20
Apr. 9
Apr. 24
Apr. 26
May 15
June 19
Sept. 16
Mar. 15
Apr. 3
Apr. 23
May 8
May 10
May 29
July 3
Sept. 30
Mar. 29
Apr. 17
May 7
May 22
May 24
June 12
July 17
Oct. 14
Apr. 12
May 1
May 21
June 5
June 7
June 26
July 31
Oct. 28
Apr. 26
May 15
June 4
June 19
June 21
July 10
Aug. 14
Nov. 11
May 10
May 29
June 18
July 3
July 5
July 24
Aug. 28
Nov. 25
May 24
June 12
July 2
July 17
July 19
Aug. 7
Sept. 11
Dec. 9
June 7
June 26
July 16
July 31
Aug. 2
Aug. 21
Sept. 25
Dec. 23
June 21
July 10
July 30
Aug. 14
Aug. 16
Sept. 4
Oct. 9
Jan. 6 ’03
July 5
July 24
Aug. 13
Aug. 28
Aug. 30
Sept. 18
Oct. 23
Jan. 20 ’03
July 19
Aug. 7
Aug. 27
Sept. 11
Sept. 13
Oct. 2
Nov. 6
Feb. 3 ’03
Aug. 2
Aug. 21
Sept. 10
Sept. 25
Sept. 27
Oct. 16
Nov. 20
Feb. 17 ’03
Aug. 16
Sept. 4
Sept. 24
Oct. 9
Oct. 11
Oct. 30
Dec. 4
Mar. 3 ’03
Aug. 30
Sept. 18
Oct. 8
Oct. 23
Oct. 25
Nov. 13
Dec. 18
Mar. 17 ’03
Sept. 13
Oct. 2
Oct. 22
Nov. 6
Nov. 8
Nov. 27
Jan. 1 ’03
Mar. 31 ’03
Sept. 27
Oct. 16
Nov. 5
Nov. 20
Nov. 22
Dec. 11
Jan. 15 ’03
Apr. 14 ’03
Oct. 11
Oct. 30
Nov. 19
Dec. 4
Dec. 6
Dec. 25
Jan. 29 ’03
Apr. 28 ’03
Oct. 25
Nov. 13
Dec. 3
Dec. 18
Dec. 20
Jan. 8 ’03
Feb. 12 ’03
May 12 ’03
Nov. 8
Nov. 27
Dec. 17
Jan. 1 ’03
Jan. 3 ’03
Jan. 22 ’03
Feb. 26 ’03
May 26 ’03
Nov. 22
Dec. 11
Dec. 31
Jan. 15 ’03
Jan. 17 ’03
Feb. 5 ’03
Mar. 12 ’03
June 9 ’03
Dec. 6
Dec. 25
Jan. 14 ’03
Jan. 29 ’03
Jan. 31 ’03
Feb. 19 ’03
Mar. 26 ’03
June 23 ’03
Dec. 20
Jan. 8 ’03
Jan. 28 ’03
Feb. 12 ’03
Feb. 14 ’03
Mar. 5 ’03
Apr. 9 ’03
July 7 ’03
Jan. 3 ’03
Jan. 22 ’03
Feb. 11 ’03
Feb. 26 ’03
Feb. 28 ’03
Mar. 19 ’03
Apr. 23 ’03
July 21 ’03


PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
ISSUE NUMBER
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
ISSUE DATE
16
Friday, January 18, 2002
February 6, 2002
17
Friday, February 1, 2002
February 20, 2002
18
Friday, February 15, 2002
March 6, 2002


PLEASE NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions made on the following Monday will be accepted.

PUBLICATION PROCEDURES


TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative Bulletin



The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word 7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.

1. To facilitate the publication of rule–making documents, we request that you send your document(s) as an attachment(s) to an E–mail message, addressed to both of the following:

bruce.carr@legis.state.ia.us and
kathleen.bates@legis.state.ia.us

2. Alternatively, you may send a PC–compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the Administrative Code Division, First Floor South, Grimes State Office Building, or included with the documents submitted to the Governor’s Administrative Rules Coordinator.

Please note that changes made prior to publication of the rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned unchanged.

Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly appreciated.
______________________

IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on CD–ROM
2001 SUMMER EDITION

Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through June 2001)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (January 2001 through June 2001)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through June 2001)

For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie Runde
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone: (515)281–3566 Fax: (515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us



PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.

AGENCY
HEARING LOCATION
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING

EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]

Conservation education program,
68.1 to 68.4, 68.6, 68.8 to 68.11
IAB 12/26/01 ARC 1194B
State Board Room
Grimes State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 15, 2002
10 a.m.
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]

Senior internship program, 1.7,
5.1, 5.2(2), 5.7(3), 5.8(3), 5.9,
5.13(1), 5.14(11), 10.1 to 10.6;
rescind chs 11, 12
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1273B
Room 316
Hotel Fort Des Moines
Tenth and Walnut
Des Moines, Iowa
January 29, 2002
10 a.m.
ENERGY AND GEOLOGICAL RESOURCES DIVISION[565]

Energy bank program,
6.1 to 6.8
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1259B
Fourth Floor East Conference Room
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 29, 2002
1 p.m.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]

Air quality,
20.3(2), 22.1(1), 22.3(3),
22.100, 22.101(1), 22.201(2),
22.300, 23.1, 25.1
IAB 12/12/01 ARC 1191B
Conference Rooms 3 and 4
Air Quality Bureau
7900 Hickman Rd.
Urbandale, Iowa
January 10, 2002
10:30 a.m.
Water quality standards; effluent and
pretreatment standards,
61.2, 61.3(3), 62.8(2)
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1245B
Meeting Room A
Iowa City Public Library
123 S. Linn St.
Iowa City, Iowa
January 29, 2002
10:30 a.m.

Cherokee Community Center
530 W. Bluff St.
Cherokee, Iowa
January 30, 2002
11 a.m.

Community Meeting Room
15 N. Sixth St.
Clear Lake, Iowa
February 1, 2002
1 p.m.

Municipal Utilities Conference Room
15 W. Third St.
Atlantic, Iowa
February 4, 2002
1 p.m.

City Hall Meeting Room
400 Claiborne Dr.
Decorah, Iowa
February 5, 2002
1 p.m.

Fifth Floor East Conference Room
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
February 6, 2002
1 p.m.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567] (Cont’d)
Beverage container deposits,
107.1 to 107.17
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1246B
Fourth Floor East Conference Room
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 29, 2002
1 p.m.
Financial assurance requirements for
municipal solid waste landfills,
111.3, 111.4, 111.6, 111.8, 111.9
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1263B
Fifth Floor Conference Room
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
February 12, 2002
1:30 p.m.
Financial responsibility for
underground storage tanks,
136.2, 136.18(1), 136.23(6)
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1262B
Fifth Floor West Conference Room
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 29, 2002
1 p.m.
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]

Inventory guidelines for state of Iowa
personal and real property,
10.2, 10.3, 10.6
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1280B
Design and Construction
Conference Room—Level A
Hoover State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 31, 2002
1 to 2 p.m.
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Accreditation of providers of services
to persons with mental illness,
mental retardation, and
developmental disabilities, ch 24
IAB 12/26/01 ARC 1204B
Conference Rooms 1 and 2
First Floor
Hoover State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 18, 2002
10 a.m.
Food stamp benefits,
65.1 to 65.4, 65.8(9), 65.16,
65.19, 65.20, 65.21(3), 65.28(9),
65.37, 65.42, 65.45
IAB 12/26/01 ARC 1202B
Second Floor Conference Room
126 S. Kellogg St.
Ames, Iowa
January 16, 2002
10 a.m.

Seventh Floor Conference Room
Iowa Bldg.
411 Third St. SE
Cedar Rapids, Iowa
January 16, 2002
9 a.m.

Administrative Conference Room
417 E. Kanesville Blvd.
Council Bluffs, Iowa
January 16, 2002
9 a.m.

Fifth Floor Conference Room
Bicentennial Bldg.
428 Western Ave.
Davenport, Iowa
January 16, 2002
10 a.m.

Conference Room 104
City View Plaza
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa
January 16, 2002
10 a.m.

Conference Rooms A and B, 3rd Floor
Nesler Center
Town Clock Plaza
Dubuque, Iowa
January 16, 2002
9 a.m.
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441] (Cont’d)

330 First Ave. N
Fort Dodge, Iowa
January 17, 2002
1:30 p.m.

First Floor Conference Room
206 W. State St.
Marshalltown, Iowa
January 17, 2002
1 p.m.

Liberty Room, Mohawk Square
22 N. Georgia Ave.
Mason City, Iowa
January 16, 2002
10 a.m.

Suite 500
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa
January 17, 2002
1:30 p.m.

Conference Rooms 213/215
Pinecrest Office Bldg.
1407 Independence Ave.
Waterloo, Iowa
January 16, 2002
10 a.m.
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]

Licensure fees, 8.4, 9.5(1),
9.11(3), 10.3
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1265B
Suite C
400 SW 8th St.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 29, 2002
9 a.m.
Mandatory reporting and grounds
for discipline,
12.1, 12.2(2), 12.3
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1264B
Suite C
400 SW 8th St.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 29, 2002
9:30 a.m.
Automated dispensing system—
quality control assurance plan,
13.6(1)
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1266B
Suite C
400 SW 8th St.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 29, 2002
10 a.m.
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]

Land acquisition projects eligible for
ATV grant awards, 28.1, 28.10(2)
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1256B
Fifth Floor West Conference Room
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 30, 2002
9 a.m.
Personal flotation devices,
37.13
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1261B
Fourth Floor East Conference Room
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 29, 2002
9 a.m.
Boating speed and distance zoning,
40.20, 40.44, 40.48
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1251B
Fourth Floor East Conference Room
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 29, 2002
9:30 a.m.
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]

Mortuary science examiners—
licensure, continuing education,
discipline, fees, ch 101; 102.6,
102.9, 102.10; chs 103, 104
IAB 1/9/02 ARC 1271B
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 30, 2002
9 to 11 a.m.
STATE PUBLIC DEFENDER[493]

Administration; confidentiality of
attorney work product; personally
identifiable information; waivers;
definitions; eligibility guidelines
for court–appointed counsel;
attorney fee contracts; claims for
indigent defense services, amend
chs 1, 2, 4; adopt chs 6, 7, 10,
11, 12; rescind ch 13
IAB 12/26/01 ARC 1209B
Conference Room 424
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 18, 2002
10 a.m.
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]

Project cost reporting requirements
for cities and counties, ch 178
IAB 12/26/01 ARC 1207B
Engineering Conference Room
800 Lincoln Way
Ames, Iowa
January 17, 2002
1 p.m.
(If requested)
Application for license; license
issuance; sanctions, 601.1, 605.12,
605.26, 615.37, 615.38
IAB 12/26/01 ARC 1197B
DOT Conference Room
Park Fair Mall
100 Euclid Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 17, 2002
10 a.m.
(If requested)
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]

Rights and remedies for gas and
electric customers, 19.4, 20.4
IAB 12/12/01 ARC 1187B
(See also ARC 0991B, IAB 10/3/01)
Hearing Room
350 Maple St.
Des Moines, Iowa
January 23, 2002
10 a.m.





CITATION of Administrative Rules

The Iowa Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number) IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered subparagraph).

441 IAC 79 (Chapter)

441 IAC 79.1(249A) (Rule)

441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)

441 IAC 79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)

441 IAC 79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)

The Iowa Administrative Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page number), (ARC number).

IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC 872A


AGENCY IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts, chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g., BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:

AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD, IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board for[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION, IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD, IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION, IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL, IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development Center Administration Division[877]


NOTICES
ARC 1274B
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and 231.14, the Department of Elder Affairs hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 1, “Introduction,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments propose a uniform process for the granting of waivers and variances of rules adopted by the Department. These amendments are proposed in response to Governor Vilsack’s Executive Order Number 11 and Iowa Code section 17A.9A.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments received on or before January 29, 2002. Comments should be addressed to Mary Ann Young, Administrative Rules Coordinator, Iowa Department of Elder Affairs, 200 Tenth Street, Suite 300, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–3609; fax (515)242–3300; telephone (515)242–3312.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.9A.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 1.2(2) as follows:
1.2(2) Applicability to various groups. The rules set forth herein apply to all grants awarded to any recipient through the department. Compliance with these administrative rules shall be mandatory, unless an exception a waiver is granted in accordance with the procedure in subrule 1.2(3).
ITEM 2. Rescind subrule 1.2(3) and adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
1.2(3) Waivers. Pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 17A, the Iowa administrative procedure Act, waivers to the department’s rules may be granted in individual cases upon the director’s own initiative or upon request.
a. Definition. For purposes of this subrule, “waiver or variance” means action by the director that suspends in whole or in part the requirements or provisions of a rule as applied to an identified person on the basis of the particular circumstances of that person. For simplicity, the term “waiver” shall include both a “waiver” and a “variance.”
b. Scope. This subrule outlines generally applicable standards and a uniform process for the granting of individual waivers from rules adopted by the director in situations where no other more specifically applicable law provides for waivers. To the extent another more specific provision of law governs the issuance of a waiver from a particular rule, the more specific provision shall supersede this subrule with respect to any waiver from that rule.
c. Applicability. The director may grant a waiver from a rule only if the director has jurisdiction over the rule and the requested waiver is consistent with applicable statutes, constitutional provisions, or other provisions of law. The director may not waive requirements or duties imposed by statute.
d. Criteria for waiver or variance. In response to a petition completed pursuant to this subrule, the director may in the director’s sole discretion issue an order waiving in whole or in part the requirements of a rule if the director finds, based on clear and convincing evidence, all of the following:
(1) The application of the rule would impose an undue hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested;
(2) The waiver from the requirements of the rule in the specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any person;
(3) The provisions of the rule subject to the petition for a waiver are not specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law; and
(4) Substantially equal protection of public health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
e. Filing of petition. A petition for a waiver must be submitted in writing to the director as follows:
(1) Contested cases. If the petition relates to a pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case proceeding, using the caption of the contested case, and submitted to the director.
(2) Other. If the petition does not relate to a license application or a pending contested case, the petition may be submitted to the director.
f. Content of petition. A petition for waiver shall include the following information where applicable and known to the requester:
(1) The name, address, and telephone number of the person or entity for which a waiver is requested and the case number of any related contested case.
(2) A description and citation of the specific rule from which a waiver is requested.
(3) The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope and duration.
(4) The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would justify a waiver under each of the four criteria described in 1.2(3)“d.” This statement shall include a signed statement from the petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition, and a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a waiver.
(5) A history of any prior contacts between the director and the petitioner relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the proposed waiver, including a description of each affected license held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearing, or investigative reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the last five years.
(6) Any information known to the requester regarding the director’s treatment of similar cases.
(7) The name, address, and telephone number of any public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or which might be affected by the granting of a waiver.
(8) The name, address, and telephone number of any person or entity that would be adversely affected by the granting of a petition.
(9) The name, address, and telephone number of any person with knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
(10) Signed releases of information authorizing persons with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the director with information relevant to the waiver.
g. Additional information. Prior to issuing an order granting or denying a waiver, the director may request additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case, the director may, on the director’s own motion or at the petitioner’s request, schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting.
h. Notice. The director shall acknowledge a petition upon its receipt in the director’s office. The director shall ensure that, within 30 days of the receipt of the petition, notice of the pending petition and a concise summary of its contents have been provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law. In addition, the director may give notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the director may require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is required by a provision of law and provide a written statement to the director attesting that notice has been provided.
i. Hearing procedures. The provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall apply only to a petition for a waiver filed within a contested case.
j. Ruling. An order granting or denying a waiver shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and a description of the precise scope and duration of the waiver if one is issued.
(1) Director discretion. The final decision on whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be made at the sole discretion of the director, upon consideration of all relevant factors. Each petition for a waiver shall be evaluated by the director based on the unique, individual circumstances set out in the petition.
(2) Burden of persuasion. The burden of persuasion rests with the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the director should exercise discretion to grant a waiver from a department rule.
(3) Narrowly tailored. A waiver, if granted, shall provide the narrowest exception possible to the provisions of a rule.
(4) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from which a waiver is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the director shall balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall goal of uniform treatment of all similarly situated persons.
k. Conditions. The director may place any condition on a waiver that is desirable to protect the public health, safety, and welfare.
l. Time period of waiver. A waiver shall not be permanent unless the petitioner can show that a temporary waiver would be impracticable. If a temporary waiver is granted, there is no automatic right to renewal. At the sole discretion of the director, a waiver may be renewed if the director finds that grounds for a waiver continue to exist.
m. Time for ruling. The director shall grant or deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the director shall grant or deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in that contested case is issued.
n. When deemed denied. Failure of the director to grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a denial of that petition. However, the director shall remain responsible for issuing an order denying a waiver.
o. Service of order. Within seven days of its issuance, any order issued under this subrule shall be transmitted to the petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains and to any other person entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
p. Public availability. All orders granting or denying a waiver petition shall be indexed, filed, and available for public inspection as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.3. Petitions for a waiver and orders granting or denying a waiver petition are public records under Iowa Code chapter 22. Some petitions or orders may contain information the director is authorized or required to keep confidential. The director may accordingly redact confidential information from petitions or orders prior to public inspection.
q. Summary reports. Semiannually, the director shall prepare a summary report identifying the rules for which a waiver has been granted or denied, the number of times a waiver was granted or denied for each rule, a citation to the statutory provisions implemented by these rules, and a general summary of the reasons justifying the director’s actions on waiver requests. If practicable, the report shall detail the extent to which the granting of a waiver has affected the general applicability of the rule itself. Copies of this report shall be available for public inspection and shall be provided semiannually to the administrative rules coordinator and the administrative rules review committee.
r. Cancellation of a waiver. A waiver issued by the director pursuant to this subrule may be withdrawn, canceled, or modified if, after appropriate notice and hearing, the director issues an order finding any of the following:
(1) The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the waiver order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety or desirability of the waiver; or
(2) The alternative means for ensuring that the public health, safety and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver order have been demonstrated to be insufficient; or
(3) The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with all conditions contained in the order.
s. Violations. Violation of a condition in a waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the particular rule for which the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of a waiver under this subrule who violates a condition of the waiver may be subject to the same remedies or penalties as a person who violates the rule at issue.
t. Defense. After the director issues an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be invoked.
u. Judicial review. Judicial review of the director’s decision to grant or deny a waiver petition may be taken in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A. Any appeal to district court shall be taken within 30 days from the date of issuance of the decision by the director pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.19.
ITEM 3. Amend 321—Chapter 1, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 231 and section 17A.9A.
ARC 1273B
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 231.51 and 231.52, the Department of Elder Affairs hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 1, “Introduction,” Chapter 5, “Department Fiscal Policy,” and Chapter 10, “Senior Community Service Employment Program (SCSEP),” and to rescind Chapter 11, “Retired Iowans Community Employment Program (RICEP),” and Chapter 12, “Coordination with the Job Training Partnership Act (JTPA),” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments are intended to merge the Senior Community Service Employment Program (SCSEP) and the Retired Iowans Community Employment Program (RICEP), to create the Senior Internship Program (SIP). The Senior Internship Program (SIP) will encourage and promote the meaningful employment of Iowans aged 55 or older. The Department will subcontract with subproject sponsors through a competitive bid process. Subproject sponsors will administer the Senior Internship Program as described in 321—Chapter 10.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments on or before January 29, 2002. Written comments should be directed to Mary Ann Young, Administrative Rules Coordinator, Department of Elder Affairs, 200 Tenth Street, Suite 300, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–3609; fax (515)242–3300; E–mail MaryAnn.Young@dea.state.ia.us. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact Mary Ann Young at (515) 242–3312 or at the Department of Elder Affairs, 200 Tenth Street, Suite 300, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–3609.
A public hearing will be held at 10 a.m. on Tuesday, January 29, 2002, in Room 316, Hotel Fort Des Moines, Tenth and Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may present their views on the proposed amendments either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons wishing to speak will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendments.
Anyone who wishes to attend the hearing and has special requirements such as hearing, vision, or mobility impairments or other special needs should notify the Department of Elder Affairs no later than 4 p.m. on Monday, January 28, 2002. Notice may be in writing or by telephone to (515) 242–3323.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 231.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend the following definitions in rule 321— 1.7(231) as follows:
“Advocacy” (RICEP) means an action which promotes the employment of eligible workers.
“Applicant” (RICEP) (SIP) means an eligible person making a contact with the RICEP SIP program to seek employment.
“Applicant recruitment” (RICEP) means contact by the older worker specialist with individuals, agencies, organizations or private businesses to provide information that will result in increased participation of eligible older individuals.
“Assessment of job skills” (RICEP) means a process by which the older worker specialist develops a written history of the work experience and related qualities an individual possesses that would make the individual marketable as an employee.
“Authorized position” (SCSEP) (SIP) means an enrollment opportunity during a program year allocated by the department.
“Certification form” (SCSEP) means an application for services.
“Educational services” (RICEP) means adult education or training provided by community colleges and similar institutions.
“Eligible individual” (SCSEP) (SIP) means a person who is 55 years of age or older who meets income guidelines published by the United States Department of Labor.
“Employment service” (RICEP) means activities in the client’s behalf that may be, but are not limited to, an assessment of job skills, referrals for training in job search techniques, referrals to educational institutions, referrals to job interviews, or supportive services that will enable the person to find employment.
“Enrollee” (SCSEP) (SIP) means an eligible individual who receives services, and is paid wages for engaging in community service employment under a project.
“Equitable distribution” (SCSEP) (SIP) means the ratio of the total authorized positions operated by the department and national sponsors compared to the number of authorized positions established on the basis of the eligible population.
“Full–time employment” (RICEP) means paid employment for 40 hours per week or the number of hours customarily considered full–time for that occupation, but at a minimum, 30 hours per week.
“Host agency” (SCSEP) (SIP) means a public agency or private nonprofit organization, or private sector employer, other than a political party, exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides a worksite and supervision for an enrollee.
“Interdepartmental coordinating committee (IDCC)” (JTPA) means the group consisting of representatives from the department of economic development, job service division of the department of employment services, the department of education and the department of elder affairs who are appointed by each agency to assist with functions defined in the federal Act and these rules.
“Job contact” (RICEP) means a unit of service consisting of an application completed by a client and received by the older worker specialist.
“Job development” (RICEP) means contact by the older worker specialist with potential employers to encourage the employment of eligible individuals.
“Job placement” (RICEP) means employment obtained by an eligible participant as a result of RICEP assistance, which is documented in the program operator’s files and may be defined further as permanent, temporary, part–time or full–time.
“Job referral” (RICEP) means a written notice presented to an eligible applicant by the older worker specialist to report for a prearranged interview for employment.
“Job search technique” or “job search assistance”(RICEP) means the methods used by the older worker specialists to find jobs for eligible participants.
“Job Training Partnership Act, elder employment services” (JTPA) means services available to eligible individuals under the older individuals program of the JTPA.
“Joint annual plan” (JTPA) means an agreement to share information, conduct joint actions and coordinate services.
“Joint annual report” (JTPA) means the document prepared by the interdepartmental coordinating committee (IDCC) which describes job coordination activity and services provided to the elders of Iowa.
“Low income” (SCSEP) (SIP) means any person or persons whose actual individual or family income is less than 125 percent of the poverty guidelines issued annually by the U.S. Department of Labor in accordance with Section 507(2) of the Older Americans Act.
“National sponsor” (SCSEP) (SIP) means the American Association of Retired Persons, Green Thumb, Inc., the National Council of Senior Citizens, National Senior Citizens’ Education and Research Center, Inc. or any other national organization which is allocated positions by the United States Department of Labor.
“Older worker specialist” (RICEP) means a person employed by the RICEP operator whose responsibility it is to develop jobs, advocate for the employment of eligible individuals and provide employment services for eligible individuals.
“Participant support referral” (RICEP) means a notification to the eligible individual by the older worker specialist of supportive services that are available to an eligible participant from an organization other than the job service division of the department of employment services.
“Part–time employment” (RICEP) means employment in which an eligible worker is regularly scheduled to work less than 30 hours per week.
“Permanent placement” (RICEP) means employment that exceeds 90 calendar days per year whether the position is part–time or full–time.
“Physical examination” (SCSEP) (SIP) means a medical examination performed by a physician or a medical professional under the supervision of a physician, to determine if the enrollee is capable of fulfilling the duties of a work assignment.
“Physical examination waiver” (SCSEP) (SIP) means a signed statement by an enrollee or applicant which verifies that the enrollee or applicant was offered the opportunity to take a physical examination, but refused to take it.
“Program operator” (RICEP) means the agency designated by the department to operate the RICEP program for a designated demographic area.
“Quarterly progress report” (SCSEP) (SIP) means the report on enrollee activity and characteristics submitted to the Department of Labor from information gathered from the subprojects at the end of every three–month period during the fiscal year.
“Retired Iowan” (RICEP) means an unemployed or underemployed individual aged 45 or older who is a resident of Iowa.
“Retired Iowans community employment program”(RICEP). See 321—Chapter 11.
“Senior community service employment program” (SCSEP). See 321—Chapter 10.
“State job training coordinating council” (SJTCC) means the body, appointed by the governor, which provides direct oversight of the administration of the Job Training Partnership Act, and assists with coordination of employment programs for other eligible clients.
“Subproject sponsor” (SCSEP) SIP means an organization which has entered into a subproject agreement or contract with a project sponsor.
“Subsidized employment” (RICEP) means employment in the senior community services employment program as an enrollee.
“Supportive services” (RICEP) means services that eligible workers may need to enable them to start work or to maintain themselves until they find employment. Support services may be provided by the area agency on aging or other agencies, and may include, but not be limited to, food stamps, funds for transportation, or equipment.
“Temporary placement” (RICEP) means employment that does not exceed 90 days in one calendar year.
“Temporary position” (SCSEP) (SIP) means the authorized positions which exceed the number allocated by the Department of Labor.
“Termination” (SCSEP) (SIP) means a separation from the program.
“Unsubsidized employment” (RICEP) means employment of the eligible individual by any entity other than senior community service employment program as an enrollee.
“Unsubsidized employment” (SCSEP) (SIP) means a position where wages, fringes and other expenses for a terminated enrollee are not paid with SCSEP SIP funds.
“Worksite” (SCSEP) (SIP) means the actual location where enrollees perform their duties.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 321—1.7(231) by adopting the following new definitions in alphabetical sequence:
“Assessment of job skills” (SIP) means a process by which the senior internship program coordinator develops a written history of the work experience and related qualities an individual possesses that would make the individual marketable as an employee.
“Individual development plan (IDP)” means the plan developed in partnership with the enrollee to reflect the needs of the enrollee as indicated by the assessment, as well as the expressed interests and desires of the enrollee.
“One–stop delivery system” (SIP) means a workforce system connecting employment, education, and training services into a coherent network of resources at the local, state, and national level.
“Senior internship program” (SIP). See 321—Chapter 10.
“Senior internship program coordinator” means a person employed by the subproject sponsor whose responsibility it is to develop jobs, advocate for the employment of eligible individuals and provide employment services for eligible individuals, including Title V enrollees.
“Workforce Investment Act of 1998”(SIP) means the law providing the framework for a national workforce preparation and employment system designed to meet both the needs of the nation’s businesses and the needs of job seekers and those who want to further their careers.
ITEM 3. Rescind and reserve paragraph 5.1(2)“d.”
ITEM 4. Adopt the following new subrule 5.1(3) and renumber subrules 5.1(3) to 5.1(5) as 5.1(4) to 5.1(6).
5.1(3) Title V funds and SIP state appropriations shall be allocated through a contractual agreement between the department and the subproject sponsor.
ITEM 5. Amend renumbered paragraph 5.1(5)“b” as follows:
b. The total cash budget shall include AOA Title III funds, USDA cash, Title V employment funds, state funds, program income, local public funds and other cash used as match.
ITEM 6. Amend renumbered paragraph 5.1(5)“e” as follows:
e. Neither Title V nor SIP funds shall not be carried over.
ITEM 7. Amend renumbered subrule 5.1(6) as follows:
5.1(6) Expenditures in rural areas. The department shall allot to rural areas at least 105 percent of the amounts these areas spent under Titles Title III and V of the Act during the fiscal year 1978.
ITEM 8. Amend paragraph 5.2(2)“b” as follows:
b. Title V. The department shall calculate Title V allotments to AAAs based on the existing distribution and the need for additional service in underserved areas. Title V funds and senior internship program (SIP) funds shall be allotted between the SIP subproject sponsors according to the number of Title V slots designated for their project. If two or more subproject sponsors combine resources, the subproject sponsors shall be treated as one agency for funding purposes.
ITEM 9. Rescind and reserve subrule 5.7(3).
ITEM 10. Amend rule 321—5.8(231) by adopting the following new subrule:
5.8(3) Unused Title V and senior internship program (SIP) funds. If the department determines prior to the end of the fiscal year that a subproject sponsor will have unused funds, the department may reallot the unused funds to one or more subproject sponsors in accordance with demonstrated utilization. The subproject sponsors receiving these reallotted funds shall obligate them by the end of the fiscal year in which they are reallotted.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 321—5.9(231) by adopting the following new subrule 5.9(5) and renumbering existing subrules 5.9(5) and 5.9(6) as 5.9(6) and 5.9(7).
5.9(5) Title V and SIP match requirements. Subproject sponsors must provide, or arrange through third parties, matching funds amounting to a percentage of the cost of the project as designated in the subproject sponsor contractual agreement with the department.
a. Subproject sponsor contributions may be cash or in–kind or a combination of both;
b. Projects may generate a fee for service or charge a host agency fee. In accordance with current Department of Labor administrative regulations and the terms and conditions of the grant award, program income shall be added to the federal funds committed to the project and shall be used to further eligible project or program objectives.
ITEM 12. Amend rule 321—5.13(231) by adopting the following new subrules:
5.13(1) Title V SIP reports. Subproject sponsors are required to submit all performance and fiscal reports following the procedures and requirements established by the department.
5.13(2) Reserved.
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 5.14(11) as follows:
5.14(11) Additional requirements under Title V and senior internship program (SIP). In the acquisition of property under Title V, senior employment, or SIP the AAA subproj–ect sponsor shall ensure that:
a. All contracting and similar arrangements for goods, equipment and services shall be in compliance with the standards contained in federal regulations, 29 CFR Part 97, March 11, 1988, unless a higher standard is elsewhere expressed by Iowa law.
b. All capital equipment purchases with grant funds of items with a unit acquisition cost of $500 or more shall be approved by the department prior to purchase.
c. The AAA subproject sponsor will pay 25 percent of the acquisition cost for excess property purchased with grant funds; and.
d. Rules of the property handbook for employment and training administration project grantees, No. 303, shall be followed in the acquisition, accounting and disposition of property and shall be included as part of the grant provisions.
ITEM 14. Amend 321—Chapter 10 as follows:

CHAPTER 10
SENIOR COMMUNITY SERVICE EMPLOYMENT PROGRAM (SCSEP) SENIOR INTERNSHIP
PROGRAM (SIP)
321—10.1(231) Scope and purpose.
10.1(1) Scope. All procedures and rules used to operate this program shall be in accordance with Title V of the Older Americans Act as amended November 13, 2000, 20 CFR 641, in 1984, and 20 CFR 674, and these rules, and the contractual agreement between the department and the subproj–ect sponsor.
10.1(2) Purpose. SIP is designed to encourage and promote the meaningful employment of Iowans aged 55 or older in both the public and private sectors. Available services may include, but are not limited to, job readiness training, counseling, skills assessment, job development, classroom and on–the–job training.
a. The SCSEP is designed to provide, foster and promote useful, part–time community service employment for persons with low incomes who are 55 and older.
b. Services provided under this program shall contribute to the general welfare of the community.
c. Employment in the program shall result in an increase in employment opportunities which would not otherwise be available.
321—10.2(231) Eligibility for service.
10.2(1) Individual’s eligibility. To be eligible for participation in the SCSEP SIP, an applicant shall:
a. Be aged 55 or older;
b. Be a current resident of the state of Iowa; and a citizen of the United States; and
c. Meet income guidelines established annually by the U.S. Department of Labor. Be unemployed or underemployed at the time of application.
10.2(2) To be eligible for the SIP Title V subsidized employment program, enrollees will meet the following criteria:
a. Be aged 55 or older;
b. Be a current resident of the state of Iowa and a citizen of the United States; and
c. Meet income guidelines established annually by the U.S. Department of Labor relating to Title V eligibility.
10.2(2) 10.2(3) Priority eligibility. A person who is eligible and who has priority status as defined in subrule 10.3(1), paragraph “a,” 10.4(2), paragraph “c,” will be given first consideration for an SCSEP a Title V position.
321—10.3(231) Funding.
10.3(1) SIP shall be funded by:
a. Title V of the Older Americans Act as amended November 13, 2000.
b. SIP state appropriations.
c. Other nonfederal sources.
10.3(2) To be funded, subproject sponsors must provide matching funds as referenced in subparagraph 10.4(2)“c”(21).
321—10.3 10.4(231) Program requirements.
10.4(1) Participating agencies. Public, private and not–for–profit organizations will be contacted to respond to a request for proposal (RFP). Agencies will be selected to operate SIP through the request for proposal process and those selected will become subproject sponsors as defined in paragraph 10.5(2)“a.”
10.3(1) 10.4(2) Subproject sponsor responsibilities. Each SCSEP subproject sponsor shall: Sponsor responsibilities for SIP shall include the following:
a. Ensure that priority in providing employment positions shall be given to eligible individuals who are aged 60 or over, are applying for reenrollment, are below the poverty level, or who have temporary positions; Implementation of recruitment methods that ensure that the maximum number of eligible individuals have access to and participate in employment opportunities and the Title V program; and
b. Meet performance goals based on Department of Labor guidelines and additional goals established in the multiyear area plan; Subproject sponsors shall designate a member of their staff as a senior internship program coordinator to ensure program performance;
c. Coordinate the SCSEP with the retired Iowans community employment program and the Job Training Partnership Act, older individuals program, to ensure opportunities for unsubsidized employment; For persons identified eligible for the Title V portion of the program, all procedures and rules shall be in accordance with Title V of the Older Americans Act as amended November 13, 2000, and 20 CFR 641. For Title V enrollees, subproject sponsors shall:
d. Designate a member of its staff as an SCSEP coordinator to ensure timely reporting and performance of required functions;
(1) Minimize the number of vacant part–time positions.
(2) List all vacant positions with the local workforce development center;
(3) Enroll individuals in the Title V program according to the priorities established by the U.S. Department of Labor;
(4) Ensure that recruitment efforts are targeted toward minority, limited English–speaking eligible individuals and individuals with the greatest economic need;
(5) Meet the state performance measures established in the request for proposal;
1. The first year a subproject sponsor fails to meet required performance measures, technical assistance will be provided and a corrective action plan will be required;
2. After the second consecutive year of failure to meet required performance measures, the funds and Title V positions will be reallocated.
(6) Target a pool of Title V funds specifically for training older persons for unsubsidized employment in the private sector in accordance with Section 502(e) of Title V on an annual basis;
(7) Develop job opportunities for job–ready enrollees by the following methods:
1. Coordinate with the local workforce development center in registering and placing older workers; and
2. Contact and educate private employers concerning the resources older workers bring to the labor force and assist the employer in developing job sharing, job restructuring and other techniques to increase opportunities for older workers;
3. Encourage host agencies to employ the enrollee in their regular workforce as originally agreed; and
4. Coordinate with other local employment and training programs in identifying jobs or training opportunities for enrollees.
(8) Follow up on each enrollee twice during the first 90 days of unsubsidized employment:
1. Follow–up shall occur in 30 and 90 days with the results documented in the enrollee’s individual development plan;
2. Enrollees found to be unemployed shall be considered for re–enrollment;
e. Provide evidence that enrollees reside in the community near where they are employed;
f. Provide evidence that enrollees are not performing work which is the same or essentially the same as that performed by any other person who is displaced;
g. (9) Assist enrollees in attending accessing approved training sessions; sponsored by the department or other agencies or organizations;
h. Provide expense reimbursement and regular compensation for enrollees attending required training;
i. Ensure that training of enrollees does not exceed 260 hours during a fiscal year;
j. Provide safe and healthful conditions for enrollees at worksites;
k. Provide enrollees with reimbursement for expenses such as transportation which is required in the direct performance of the job;
l. Rescinded IAB 11/13/91, effective 12/18/91;
m. Ensure that opportunities for physical examinations are provided to enrollees annually but not more than 15 months from the previous physical, or that a signed physical examination waiver is obtained;
n. Ensure that no enrollee works more than 1300 hours during each fiscal year;
o. (10) Provide enrollees and host agencies with orientation to program purposes, goals and requirements;
p. (11) Provide access to supportive services where needed by an enrollee for participation in the program;
q. (12) Provide written job descriptions to enrollees immediately after entry into the program;
r. Complete enrollment or reenrollment forms for each individual in the program. Recertification forms are completed within 12 months of enrollment or reenrollment and at least once during each program year;
s. (13) Provide each enrollee with a copy of the host agency grievance procedures and the subproject sponsor’s grievance procedures;
t. Provide each enrollee with information about prohibited political activity;
u. Ensure that nepotism is not practiced in the hiring of enrollees;
v. Ensure that minorities and limited–English–speaking individuals are enrolled in the program at least in proportion to their number in the eligible population in the planning and service area;
(14) Complete an individual development plan (IDP) for each Title V enrollee based on an assessment conducted by the subproject sponsor and updated biannually with the enrollee to use as an ongoing development plan;
(15) Ensure outreach to those in greatest economic need, including minorities and limited English–speaking individuals;
w. (16) Maintain the authorized enrollment level and provide for temporary positions with approval of the department when underspending occurs; unless approval has been received from the department to operate at a decreased level;
x. (17) Perform evaluations of each host agency at least annually;
y. (18) Coordinate and cooperate with national sponsors in the establishment of authorized positions in each county in accordance with equitable distribution requirements as appropriate; and
z. (19) Maintain records as required in these rules and reports required by the Department of Labor and the department of elder affairs;
(20) Comply with maintenance of effort (MOE) re–quirements by having no more than 50 percent of part–time Title V–funded positions directly employed by the project sponsor; and
(21) Provide or arrange through third parties a percentage of the cost of the project as designated in the subproject sponsor contractual agreement:
1. Subproject sponsor contributions may be cash or in–kind or a combination of both;
2. Projects may generate a fee for service or charge a host agency fee in accordance with current U.S. Department of Labor administrative regulations and the terms and conditions of the grant award. Such program income shall be added to the federal funds committed to the project and shall be used to further eligible project or program objectives.
10.4(3) Program coordination with one–stop delivery system.
a. Subproject sponsors shall coordinate the SIP with the one–stop delivery system as established under Section 134(c) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2864(c)) to ensure opportunities for unsubsidized employment.
b. Subproject sponsors shall enter into a memorandum of understanding with the local workforce investment board in accordance with Section 121(c) of the Act.
c. Subproject sponsors shall provide a copy of the current memorandum of understanding to the department.
10.3(2) 10.4(4) Department responsibilities. The department shall:
a. Issue instructions for application for SCSEP funds in the multiyear area plan; a request for proposal for application for senior internship funds;
b. Monitor subproject sponsors at least annually as required in 10.6(2);
c. Provide training and technical assistance to subproj–ect sponsors upon request or when monitoring indicates compliance violations or failure to meet performance goals;
d. Provide training workshops for enrollees, SCSEP SIP coordinators and other subproject sponsor employment staff, subject to availability of funding;
e. Coordinate the allocation of authorized positions with national sponsors according to equitable distribution requirements;
f. Report to the Department of Labor annually on the status of equitable distribution efforts;
g. Rescinded IAB 11/13/91, effective 12/18/91; Submit to the governor a state senior employment services coordination plan consistent with the provisions of Title V;
h. Report to the Department of Labor as required by Title V of the federal Act each quarter or as required on SCSEP activity and enrollee characteristics;
i. Coordinate the SCSEP SIP with the job service division of the department of employment services, workforce development, the department of education, the department of economic development and other agencies which provide employment services to elder Iowans; and
j. Maintain records as required by 321—subrule 5.13(1).
10.3(3) 10.4(5) Complaints procedures. The department shall resolve complaints of applicants, enrollees, subproject sponsors and host agencies following these procedures:
a. An applicant or enrollee shall report in writing to the subproject sponsor an alleged violation of law or perceived unfair treatment within 15 days of its occurrence. Any adverse action taken against an enrollee shall be issued to the enrollee in writing stating the reasons for the determination, the enrollee’s right to appeal, and the procedures to follow in the appeal process.
b. The subproject sponsor Subproject sponsors and the host agency shall develop complaint procedures and an appeal process to resolve any issue arising between the sponsor and an enrollee or applicant. Procedures shall provide the following as a minimum: which provide for resolution within 15 days of the official filing.
(1) An opportunity for an informal conference and immediate resolution at the lowest level possible;
(2) Formal procedures for filing the complaint in writing for review by the subproject officer or the designee of the subproject officer;
(3) The right of the enrollee to appeal the subproject officer’s final decision in writing to the department within 15 days of the date of the decision; and
(4) All lower level appeals provided by the subproject sponsor must be exhausted before appealing to the department.
c. Applicants or enrollees may file an appeal with the department within 15 days of a negative determination or a failure to act by a host agency or the subproject sponsor.
d c. The department shall immediately refer the complaint to the department of inspections and appeals for its consideration. The department of inspections and appeals shall render a decision within 15 days after receipt of the complaint from the department.
e d. Complaints alleging violation of law may be appealed to the Department of Labor if not resolved by the host agency, subproject sponsor or the department within 60 days of the original filing.
f e. Complaints alleging discrimination on the basis of race, color, sex, national origin, handicap or age, which are not resolved by the host agency, subproject sponsor or the department within 60 days, may be filed with the Director, Office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210. These complaints will be handled in accordance with the procedures in 29 CFR Parts 31 and 32 (July 1, 1990).
g f. Complaints not alleging discrimination or violation of statute may be appealed to the department, but are not subject to appeal to the Department of Labor.
321—10.4 10.5(231) Funding criteria.
10.4(1) 10.5(1) Application. Application for SCSEP SIP funds shall be made by proposals submitted to the department. annually by area agencies on aging as part of the multiyear area plan submitted to the department for approval and shall conform to the procedures and requirements established in the multiyear area plan outlined in rules 4.20(231) and 4.21(231).
10.4(2) 10.5(2) Award. Upon approval by the department, an award of funds shall be made to subproject sponsors each fiscal year subject to funding by the U.S. Department of Labor and the requirements for equitable distribution. The department shall select subproject sponsors in accordance with the following criteria:
a. The subproject sponsor shall be a public, private or not–for–profit organization with proven management and administrative capability to provide employment and training services to older workers;
b. The department may choose among competing proposers based upon its determination of their ability to comply with requirements set forth in a request for proposal;
c. Factors which may be considered include evaluations of the existing management and administrative capabilities of the organization;
d. Upon review and approval of the application by the department, applicant shall be notified of grant approval through a notification of grant award;
e. Once selected, approved subgrantees agreements with the department may be considered for renewal each fiscal year at the discretion of the department;
f. Approved positions and funds from one subproject sponsor to another may be reallocated during the program year to further achieve the required placement levels.
10.4(3) 10.5(3) Denial of award. An application for SCSEP SIP funding by a subproject sponsor may be denied if the subproject sponsor does not perform according to the guidelines of these rules or fails to meet the goals of their multiyear area plan requirements of the Older Americans Act as amended on November 13, 2000. approved by the department.
10.4(4) 10.5(4) Appeal. An appeal to a decision made pursuant to these rules may be made according to the procedures outlined in subrule 10.3(2), paragraph “g,” 10.4(5) of these rules.
10.4(5) 10.5(5) Reallocation. Reallocation of SCSEP Title V funds may be made by the executive director according to the criteria defined in subrule 5.8(1), paragraph “b.”
321—10.5 10.6(231) Monitoring and record keeping.
10.5(1) 10.6(1) Subproject sponsor duties. The subproj–ect sponsor shall:
a. Submit performance, fiscal and program reports to the department according to instructions provided each year in the reporting manual in accordance with procedures established by the department;
b. Maintain files on each SCSEP Title V enrollee containing the following: Immigration and Naturalization Service I–9 (Proof of Citizenship), application, enrollment form, recertifications (if applicable), skills assessments, training record, terms of employment agreement, physical examination report (or properly executed waiver), individual development plan (IDP), job description, performance evaluations, disciplinary actions, payroll records, and termination forms (if applicable); and
c. Maintain files for each host agency or worksite, and each file shall include:
(1) The host agency or worksite agreement containing relevant program requirements;
(2) Evidence that the host agency or worksite enrollee supervisor has received orientation; and
(3) Host agency or worksite evaluation reports.
10.5(2) 10.6(2) Department duties. The department shall:
a. Conduct desk monitoring of the SCSEP SIP and may do on–site monitoring if circumstances require an inspection of subproject sponsor records;
b. Conduct an on–site assessment of each SCSEP SIP subproject at least annually. The subproject sponsor shall be informed in writing of findings and recommended corrective actions. Assessment reports and responses shall be kept on file at the department and shall be open to inspection by authorized state and federal officials;
c. Maintain files on SCSEP Title V enrollees that include applications, recertifications, physical examination records, physical examination waivers, and termination forms (if applicable); and
d. Maintain financial records as required by statute, regulation, administrative rule, or technical bulletin.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 231.
ITEM 15. Rescind 321—Chapters 11 and 12.
ARC 1259B
ENERGY AND GEOLOGICAL RESOURCES DIVISION[565]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 458A.4, the Director of the Department of Natural Resources gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 6, “Energy Bank Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of this rule making is to modify Chapter 6 to account for the provisions of 2001 Iowa Acts, Senate File 462, which enables authorization of financing for all cost–effective energy management improvements, and to clarify and streamline the practices and procedures of the Department’s Building Energy Management Programs.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendment on or before January 29, 2002. Written comments should be directed to Bill Blum, Department of Natural Resources, Energy and Geological Resources Division, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034; fax (515)281–8895. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact Bill Blum at (515)281–6486 or at the Division offices on the fourth floor of the Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa.
A public hearing will be held on January 29, 2002, at1 p.m. in the Fourth Floor East Conference Room of the Wallace State Office Building at which time persons may present their views on the proposed amendment either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons who wish to comment orally will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their comments to the subject of the proposed amendment.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have special needs such as those related to hearing or mobility impairments should contact the Department at (515) 281–4968 and advise of specific needs.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 473.13A, 473.19 and 473.20 and 10 CFR 420 (1976).
The following amendment is proposed.

Amend 565—Chapter 6 as follows:

CHAPTER 6
ENERGY BANK PROGRAM BUILDING ENERGY MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS
565—6.1(473) General. The energy bank program is Building energy management programs are established for public school and private schools, merged area school schools, area education agency agencies, city cities, county counties and other political subdivision buildings and facilities subdivisions, hospitals, healthcare facilities, private colleges, nonprofit organizations, and the state and state agencies to reduce energy consumption and energy costs. This program is These programs are established under Iowa Code sections 473.13A, 473.19 and 473.20 and follows follow the guidelines of 10 CFR 420 (1976).
Public The state of Iowa and its agencies, public schools, merged area schools, area education agencies, cities, counties and other political subdivisions of the state are required to identify and implement through energy audits and comprehensive technical engineering analyses all cost–effective energy management improvements for which the building energy management programs make financing is made available to the entity. Private schools and colleges, hospitals, healthcare facilities, and nonprofit organizations are also authorized and encouraged to participate in building energy management programs.
The program will be These programs are administered by the energy and geological resources division of the Iowa department of natural resources.
The program will be These programs are carried out by:
1. Conducting energy audits as needed on buildings and facilities owned or leased by the local government; conducting energy audits as needed on buildings and facilities owned or leased by a school mandated and eligible institutions;
2. Implementing operation and maintenance procedures;
3. Conducting comprehensive technical engineering analyses as needed to identify energy management improvements;
4. Establishing an energy bank and energy loan program;
5. Funding or arranging financing for cost–effective energy management improvements;
6. Establishing energy accounting procedures; and
7. Providing for appeals and reporting measures.
6.1(1) Purpose and scope. This chapter establishes requirements for eligibility, and procedures for conducting an energy audit, conducting a comprehensive technical engineering analysis, establishing an energy bank, establishing a loan program, funding and arranging financing for cost–effective energy management improvements, and providing for possible appeals and enforcement measures.
6.1(2) Definitions. For the purpose of these rules:
“Analyst” means a registered licensed professional engineer or architect in the state of Iowa who has satisfied the requirements for being placed on the department’s list of qualified analysts as set out in the department’s technical engineering analysis guidelines.
Average Aggregate simple payback period” means the total estimated cost of all studied and recommended energy management improvements in a building or facility, divided by the total estimated annual energy cost savings.
“Btu” means British thermal unit, a unit units, units of heat energy measurement.
“Building” means any structure that is heated, cooled, or lighted.
“Comprehensive engineering analysis” means the thorough examination and written report of a building or facility, conducted to identify energy management opportunities with estimated cost of the measures broken down by design, materials and installation costs, estimated annual cost savings by fuel type and calculated simple payback period. Said analysis shall be signed and certified by an analyst, employed by a firm on the list of qualified engineering/architectural firms, maintained by the department and updated periodically.
“Cost–effective” means that an energy management improvement or package of energy management improvements will, within the useful life of the improvement(s), generate savings sufficient to pay for the total costs of implementing the improvement(s). Under no circumstances is any improvement or package of improvements cost–effective if the time needed for the savings to pay for the improvement(s) exceeds the expected remaining useful life of the building or facility in which the improvement(s) is implemented.
“Degree day” means a unit of measure that is used to help describe the effect of weather severity on the amount of energy needed for heating or cooling a building. A degree day represents the difference between a given base temperature (usually 65_ Fahrenheit) and the mean daily temperature (average of the daily maximum and minimum air temperatures). One heating (or cooling) degree day is accumulated for each whole degree that the daily mean temperature is below (or above) the base temperature. The more extreme the weather, the higher the number of degree days (either daily or annual totals).
“Department” means the department of natural resources.
“Energy accounting system” means a computerized or manual mechanism that allows schools and local governments facilities to track, at a minimum, their monthly energy consumption by unit and cost per square foot, and Btu’s Btu per square foot per degree day.
“Energy audit” means an energy survey of a building that is conducted by means of a walk–through during a visit to the building or facility in accordance with requirements of rule 6.3(473).
“Energy auditors” means paraprofessionals, approved by the department, trained and qualified in energy auditing and in identifying energy management improvements. This includes certified energy managers as designated by the association of energy engineers.
“Energy management improvement” means construction, rehabilitation, acquisition, or modification of an installation, of any of the fixtures, or of any of the equipment in a building or facility, which is intended to reduce energy consumption or energy source, and which may contain integral control and measurement devices.
“Energy management technicians” means paraprofessionals, approved by the department, trained and qualified in energy auditing and identifying energy management improvements.
“Expected remaining useful life of a building or facility” means the time period planned or estimated until the building or facility is abandoned, demolished, or fundamentally rebuilt to the extent that its basic function is altogether changed. This time period is determined and explained in the report of the energy audit or technical engineering analysis conducted for each mandated and eligible institution participating in a building energy management program.
“Facility” means any structure, system or processing site that consumes energy to carry out a function or service of the local government a mandated or eligible institution, including motor vehicles and other its installed energy–consuming machinery.
“Healthcare facility” means an institution as defined in Iowa Code section 139C.1(4).
“Hospital” means an institution that is licensed and regulated under Iowa Code chapter 135B.
“Local government” means any city, county, municipality, or any other political subdivision of the state of Iowa.
“Mandated and eligible institutions” means (1) the state, state agencies, political subdivisions of the state, school districts, area education agencies, and community colleges that are required under Iowa Code section 473.13A to identify and implement, through energy audits and technical engineering analyses, all energy management improvements for which financing is made available by the department; and (2) private schools and colleges, hospitals, healthcare facilities, and other nonprofit organizations that are authorized and encouraged to also participate in building energy management programs.
“Municipality” means any city, county, local government, or any other political subdivision of the state of Iowa.
“Operation and maintenance procedures” means the routine functioning and upkeep of a facility that consume energy as they are performed. Energy savings from operation and maintenance procedures are obtained when low– or no–cost measures are taken to improve the efficiency of such things as worker schedules and facility occupancy schedules, thermostat settings, hot water temperatures and usage, building envelope sealing and regular facility repairs, scheduled equipment repairs and servicing, equipment power optimization, and facility lighting levels.
“School” means any public school district, area education agency, or merged area school (public community colleges and vocational/technical schools) which is defined by the department of education administrative rules in 281—Chapter 1.
“Simple payback period” means the time required for the cumulative savings from an energy management improvement project to recover its initial investment cost and other accrued costs, without accounting for the time–value of money. It is calculated by dividing the estimated total cost costs of each measure acquiring the materials and installation for the implementation of an energy management improvement including, but not limited to, design, materials, and installation divided by the estimated annual savings for the measure energy management improvement. For renewable and coal conversions, savings are based on the fuel replaced.
“Square feet” means the total gross conditioned floor area of a building or facility.
“Technical engineering analysis” means the thorough examination of, and written report for, a building or facility, conducted in accordance with the current guidelines established by the department. A technical engineering analysis identifies energy management improvement opportunities, including operations and maintenance improvements, with estimated costs of the improvements broken down by materials and installation costs, estimated annual cost savings by fuel type, and calculated simple payback periods. The analysis report is signed and certified by an analyst who is employed by a firm on the list of qualified engineering/architectural firms that is maintained by the department and updated periodically according to the most current guidelines established by the department.
“Useful life” or “service life” means the time period an energy management improvement is estimated to last until it wears out, needs to be replaced, or no longer performs the function for which it is intended. This also means the time during which a particular system or component of a system remains in its original service application.
565—6.2(473) Applicability. The requirements of this chapter apply to all buildings and facilities owned or leased by a school or local government mandated or eligible institutions.
6.2(1) Applicability for energy audit. An energy audit is required for all buildings and facilities that are a part of a school or local government mandated or eligible institutions and that meet the criteria identified in rule 6.3(473).
6.2(2) Applicability for comprehensive technical engineering analysis. A comprehensive technical engineering analysis is required for all buildings and facilities for which (a) an energy audit has been prepared, or (b) the department has recommended as having potential for installation of energy management improvements, and (c) the criteria identified in rule 6.4(473) have been met.
6.2(3) Applicability for energy bank building energy management programs. The energy bank is Building energy management programs are applicable to all buildings and facilities for which:
a. The school or local government A mandated or eligible institution provides a comprehensive technical engineering analysis and summary of recommended energy management improvements approved by the department, and a schedule for implementation of existing and new operation and maintenance procedures; or the school or local government mandated or eligible institution provides an energy audit, or small building energy audit, whichever the department authorizes as appropriate, and a summary or of recommended energy management improvements approved by the department for a building or facility not meeting the criteria identified in rule 6.4(473). ;
b. Energy management improvements have been recommended by the department. ; and
c. The school or local government mandated or eligible institution has no formal plan adopted by its own governing body, including any formal plans which are subject to the occurrence of any conditions precedent, to close or otherwise dispose of the building or facility within the average during the aggregate simple payback period for which funding is requested.
565—6.3(473) Energy audits.
6.3(1) Objective. The purpose is to conduct an initial energy survey of a building buildings or facility facilities, as preapproved by the department, to identify operation and maintenance procedures and their scheduled implementation, and to identify potential energy management improvements, in accordance with the energy audit guidelines established and periodically updated by the department. and establish In addition, an energy audit may serve as a basis for proceeding with the comprehensive a technical engineering analysis if authorized by the department.
6.3(2) Qualified auditors. Energy audits shall be conducted by any of the following:
a. An energy management technician, member of staff of a utility;
b. An energy management technician, member of staff of a firm from the department’s list of qualified firms;
c. A professional engineer registered in the state of Iowa;
d. An architect registered in the state of Iowa;
e. A person, firm, or certified energy manager as approved preapproved by the department.
6.3(3) Contents of an energy audit. The energy audit will be completed on forms prescribed or and approved by the department, and in accordance with the energy audit guidelines established and periodically updated by the department. and will include, but not be limited to, the following information:
a. Executive summary;
b. Most recently completed fiscal year’s energy consumption data on a monthly basis by units and costs;
c. Occupancy schedule by number of occupants, days and weeks;
d. Building features/conditions/identification;
e. Heating and cooling systems;
f. Air/hydronic distribution system;
g. Domestic hot water systems;
h. Control systems;
i. Lighting systems;
j. Electrical systems;
k. Other systems;
l. Operation and maintenance procedures and schedule; and
m. Energy management improvements.
6.3(4) Exemption. The required subsequent energy audits may be waived by the department if a school or local government administrator submits a written request for an exemption to the department. A response will be made within 30 days.
565—6.4(473) Comprehensive Technical engineering analysis.
6.4(1) Objective. The objective of the comprehensive technical engineering analysis is to perform a comprehensive examination and written report to identify and analyze opportunities for energy management improvements, and improved operation and maintenance procedures, with estimates of cost costs and annual cost savings and add additional operation and maintenance procedures.
6.4(2) Comprehensive Technical engineering analysis required conducted. Comprehensive Technical engineering analyses shall be required conducted for all buildings or facilities recommended by the department as follows in accordance with the following criteria:
a. Energy management improvements recommended by an energy audit for the building or facility which have an aggregate cost of $15,000 or more. Annual Btu consumption per square foot, compared with similar building or facility types as determined by the department on a periodic basis;
b. Energy management improvements recommended by an energy audit for the building or facility which have an aggregate cost of less than $15,000, which involve complex energy management improvements such as heating, ventilation and air conditioning. If applicable, the type or nature of energy audit findings;
c. Buildings or facilities recommended by the department in accordance with the following criteria:
(1) Annual Btu consumption per square foot, compared with statewide averages for building or facility types as determined by the department on a periodic basis;
(2) Type or nature of audit–recommended improvements;
(3) Audit–“vetoed” improvements versus fuel costs;
(4) Total cost of audit–recommended improvements;
(5) Total million Btu and dollar savings potential.
A technical engineering analysis shall also be conducted for any facility that has previously had a technical engineering analysis completed more than three years before making a new application for financing through a building energy management program.
6.4(3) Procedures.
a. To initiate the comprehensive engineering analysis, the school or local government shall Mandated and eligible institutions select and contract with an analyst qualified to perform the comprehensive technical engineering analysis analyses. Requests A request for proposal proposals shall be sent by the school or local government each participating mandated or eligible institution to all firms on the qualified analyst list maintained by the department. The department may modify requirements in the procurement of the firm consistent with applicable state and federal regulations. Following accepted practices, the school or local government mandated or eligible institution will select the qualified firm that best meets its needs and that has no conflicts of interest with the institution.
b. Schools and local governments In accordance with the department’s technical engineering analysis guidelines, each participating mandated or eligible institution shall identify the need needs the institution wants considered for a in its comprehensive technical engineering analysis.
c. Upon request of the school or local government mandated or eligible institution, the department may allow the school or local government to undertake the completion of comprehensive technical engineering analyses of all of its the institution’s buildings or facilities in phases or stages.
d. Upon completion and the mandated or eligible institution’s receipt by the school or local government of the comprehensive of the completed technical engineering analysis, a copy is to be submitted by the school or local government to the department.
The department will review the comprehensive technical engineering analysis and notify the school or local government mandated or eligible institution of any technical concerns that should need to be discussed and resolved by the school or local government and the analyst.
The department will approve or reject the comprehensive technical engineering analysis based on its compliance with the department’s Technical Engineering Analysis Guidelines, which is are periodically updated by the department.
6.4(4) Contents of a comprehensive technical engineering analysis.
a. The comprehensive technical engineering analysis shall include the information required in rule 565—8.2(473) and the current Technical Engineering Analysis Guidelines as adopted developed, maintained, and periodically updated by the department.
b. The comprehensive engineering analysis shall include a detailed engineering analysis which identifies the estimated cost of, and the energy and cost savings likely to be realized from, implementing each identified energy management operation and maintenance procedure. The comprehensive engineering analysis shall also identify the estimated cost of, and the energy and cost savings likely to be realized from, acquiring each and installing each energy management improvement, including renewable resource measures, that indicate a significant potential for saving energy.
c. The comprehensive engineering analysis report shall include information as follows:
(1) A description of the building or facility characteristics and energy data including the results of the energy auditof the building or facility, the operating characteristics ofenergy–using systems, and the estimated remaining useful life of the building or facility;
(2) The estimated energy consumption of the building or facility by fuel type (in total Btu’s and Btu’s per square foot per year), and optimal efficiency (assuming implementation of all operation and maintenance procedures);
(3) An evaluation of the building’s or facility’s potential for renewable resource conversion, including water heating systems;
(4) A listing of any known local zoning ordinances and building codes which may restrict the installation of renewable resource systems;
(5) A description and analysis of all recommended energy management improvements, setting forth:
1. A description of each recommended energy management improvement;
2. An estimate of the cost of design;
3. An estimate of the cost of acquisition and installation of each energy management improvement;
4. An estimate of the useful life of each energy management improvement;
5. An estimate of increases or decreases in operations and maintenance that would result from each energy management improvement;
6. An estimate of the salvage value or disposal cost of each energy management improvement at the end of its useful life, if any;
7. An estimate of the annual energy and energy cost savings (using current energy prices) expected from the acquisition and installation of each energy management improvement.
(6) In calculation of the potential energy cost savings of each recommended energy management improvement, the analyst shall:
1. Assume that all energy savings obtained from the energy management operation and maintenance procedures have been realized;
2. Calculate the total energy and energy cost savings by fuel type expected to result from the acquisition and installation of all recommended energy management improvements, taking into account the interaction among the various measures;
3. Calculate that portion of the total energy and energy cost as determined above, attributable to each individual energy management improvement.
(7) A listing of energy use and cost data for each fuel type used for the most current 12–month period ending June 30 will be determined. All applications will use conversion factors when calculating Btu content of fuels as stated in the Technical Analysis Guidelines as adopted by the department.
(8) Additional items will be considered that save money as a direct result of energy modification.
6.4(5) Exemptions. The required comprehensive technical engineering analysis may be waived by the department if the school or local government has a formal plan adopted by the governing body, including any plan which is not subject to the occurrence of any conditions precedent, to close or otherwise dispose of the building or facility within the simple average payback period for energy management improvements contained in the building’s or facility’s energy audit on a case–by–case basis as negotiated with the department.
6.4(6) Analyst firms retained. Qualified analyst firms Mandated and eligible institutions shall be retained retain qualified analyst firms that are free from conflicts of interest with the respective institutions by the school or local government to perform the professional services required for each comprehensive technical engineering analysis. Qualification standards and procedures for analyst firms have been adopted by the department and are available upon request.
565—6.5(473) Installation of cost–effective energy management improvements.
6.5(1) Objective. Energy All cost–effective energy management improvements are to be installed in all the buildings and facilities for which the schools or local governments aggregate payback is six years of all mandated and eligible institutions.
6.5(2) Installation of cost–effective energy management improvements required. Installation of cost–effective energy management improvements shall be required for buildings and facilities as follows:
a. Energy management improvements, as recommended by the comprehensive technical engineering analysis, which have an aggregate simple payback of six years that meets the criteria detailed in the Guidelines for Cost–Effective Energy Management Improvement Projects as adopted and periodically updated by the department.
b. Upon request of the school or local government a mandated or eligible institution, the department may allow the school or local government to undertake approve the installation of energy management improvements in phases or stages. The school or local government mandated or eligible institution shall submit an implementation schedule for the department’s approval.
6.5(3) Procedures.
a. Plans and specifications shall be prepared for selected energy management improvements by a qualified engineer selected by the school or local government mandated or eligible institution, provided the engineer has no conflict of interest with the institution.
b. Bidding, award, and installation of energy management improvements shall be accomplished in accordance with applicable state law.
c. Installation of energy management improvements shall be completed in a building or facility within 24 months of the review of the comprehensive technical engineering analysis and approval of the recommended energy management improvements by the department.
d. Upon completion of the installation of each energy management improvement, the school or local government mandated or eligible institution shall submit to the department a certificate of completion that:
(1) A certificate of completion which describes Describes the improvement, and its location, and cost; , certifies that the installation was in accordance with recommendations of the comprehensive engineering analysis, and certifies that the improvement is operating properly.
(2) A copy of the final “as built” plans and specifications. Certifies that the installation was in accordance with recommendations of the technical engineering analysis (noting instances of substantial changes of final project scope from original recommendations); and
(3) Certifies that the improvement is operating properly.
565—6.6(473) Energy bank funding Funding and fees.
6.6(1) Objective. The energy bank is Building energy management programs are established to provide direct funding, grants, loans, leases, and alternative financing for conducting energy audits, comprehensive and technical engineering analyses and for implementing energy management improvements.
6.6(2) Funding and financing sources.
a. Funding for this program these programs may be from gifts, federal grants, state appropriations, and other sources.
b. Financing for the program these programs may be provided by private sources as arranged by the department.
c. Costs of the comprehensive a technical engineering analysis may be included in financing for the installation of energy management improvements.
6.6(3) Funding for energy audits and comprehensive technical engineering analysis.
a. Six–month Short–term, interest–free loans and grants, as funds are available, will be provided by the department to the school or local government mandated and eligible institutions upon request to pay the professional audit and engineering fees for the energy audits and comprehensive technical engineering analysis analyses and to pay for the deferred billing of administrative costs recovery provided under subrule 6.6(5). Design costs for energy management improvements are considered for inclusion in the overall financing provisions of the building energy management programs.
b. Costs of the energy audit audits and comprehensive technical engineering analysis analyses, and payment for the recovery of administrative costs as provided under subrule 6.6(5), may be included in financing for the installation of energy management improvements, provided that within a six–month period of six months after the approval of the energy audits or the comprehensive technical engineering analysis analyses, the school or local government proceeds participating mandated and eligible institutions proceed to implement energy management improvements.
c. The energy loan program is established in the office of the treasurer of the state to be administered by the energy and geological resources division, department of natural resources, for the purpose of making loans and grants to schools and local governments mandated and eligible institutions to complete comprehensive technical engineering analyses. Funding for this program may come from gifts, federal funds, state appropriations, and other sources.
6.6(4) Funding for cost–effective energy management improvements.
a. Financing is available for all cost–effective energy management improvements identified in energy audits and comprehensive technical engineering analyses.
b. Energy management improvement financing shall be supported by, but not limited to, payments from energy savings resulting from the energy management improvements.
6.6(5) Program service fee Recovery of the programs’ administrative costs. The school or local government Participating mandated and eligible institutions shall help pay for the a program service fee programs’ administrative costs. Payment to the department shall be made within six months of completion the approval of the submitted energy audit audits or comprehensive technical engineering analysis analyses, based upon a sliding scale related to the total square footage of each building in the program, the total annual cost of utilities of each water and wastewater treatment facility, or on a case–by–case basis as agreed upon in advance by the school or local government a mandated or eligible institution and the department, in accordance with the schedule schedules adopted and periodically updated by the department.
565—6.7(473) Energy accounting system.
6.7(1) Objective. Energy accounting procedures are established, as funds are available, for the purpose of:
a. Developing information for comparative and management review of energy and dollar consumption for the school or local government mandated and eligible institutions, and on a statewide basis to assist the school or local government them and the department to accomplish the goals of the energy bank program building energy management programs.
b. Comparing school and local government mandated and eligible institutions’ energy consumption and energy cost costs before and after energy management improvements have been installed in buildings or facilities to confirm energy and cost savings.
6.7(2) Energy accounting system participation. The energy accounting system established by the school or local government mandated and eligible institutions shall be in accord with requirements established by the department.
6.7(3) Procedures.
a. The energy accounting system will be initiated by the department by notifying selected schools or local governments mandated and eligible institutions. Instructions and guidelines will be provided by the department for participation.
b. Copies of previous and future monthly utility bills and other related information will be provided by the school or local government mandated and eligible institutions, upon request of the department, to:
(1) Establish energy consumption levels and energy costs prior to the installation of energy management improvements;
(2) Establish the current and future level of savings in energy consumption and costs after the installation of energy management improvements.
c. Reports will be developed, printed, and distributed under the department’s direction on a periodic basis.
565—6.8(473) Appeals and reporting measures.
6.8(1) Scope and applicability.
a. This rule provides procedures governing appeals from administrative orders to school and local governments mandated and eligible institutions concerning requirements of the energy bank program building energy management programs.
b. Rules of Iowa Administrative Code 561—Chapter 7, “Rules of Practice in Contested Cases,” shall govern appeals to the department.
6.8(2) Procedures.
a. Appeal procedures shall be in accord with Iowa Administrative Code 561—Chapter 7, “Rules of Practice in Contested Cases,” governing appeal of administrative orders of the department of natural resources.
b. Any school or local government mandated or eligible institution appealing an action of the department shall file a written notice of appeal within 30 days of the receipt of the department’s action. Written notice of appeal shall contain information explaining why the appeal is being made.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 473.13A, 473.19 and 473.20 and 10 CFR 420 (1976).
ARC 1250B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Termination
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.133, the Environmental Protection Commission terminates the rule making initiated by its Notice of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on June 13, 2001, as ARC 0736B.
The Notice proposed to amend Chapter 20, “Scope of Title—Definitions—Forms—Rules of Practice,” and Chapter 22, “Controlling Pollution,” Iowa Administrative Code. Action to amend Chapters 20 and 22 was initiated with a petition for rule making submitted in a letter to the Department dated April 16, 2001, from the Asphalt Paving Association of Iowa and Cessford Construction Company. The Notice and the petition were for the addition of three new “permits by rule” to air quality construction permitting regulations. These permits were for a hot mix asphalt plant, a concrete batch plant and an aggregate processing facility.
The Environmental Protection Commission is terminating the rule making commenced as ARC 0736B for the following reasons. The regional office of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has raised concerns about the proposed rule making that remain unresolved. Their concerns are sufficient to block incorporating these rules into the state implementation plan, thus rendering the permits as not federally enforceable. Resolving the issues raised by the EPA will take additional time. By February 1, 2002, the Department plans to have in place an alternative to the permit–by–rule concept, using the flexibility available in the existing regulations. Cessford Construction and the Asphalt Paving Association of Iowa have agreed that an alternative mechanism for permitting through the existing construction permit process would be acceptable. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency raised significant objection to using a permit–by–rule process, but agreed that the existing construction permit process likely provides sufficient flexibility to accomplish the same goals. In addition, the 180–day deadline for adopting the proposed rule making will be exceeded next month. According to the Iowa Administrative Procedure Act, the Commission must terminate the rule making initiated by ARC 0736B. Staff will continue to work in resolving the issues raised by the EPA and continue to work with industry in achieving an expedited permitting process for these classes of facilities.
ARC 1245B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 455B.105 and 455B.173, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 61, “Water Quality Standards,” and Chapter 62, “Effluent and Pretreatment Standards: Other Effluent Limitations or Prohibitions,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments will:
1. Establish a new process for deriving water quality–based effluent limits for point sources such as municipal wastewater treatment plants;
2. Provide new or changed numerical criteria for bromoform, chlorodibromomethane, chloroform, dichlorobromomethane, endrin, and chlorobenzene and eliminate the criteria for monochlorobenzene (monocholorbenzene is the same compound as chlorobenzene); and
3. Provide Section 401 certification for Corps of Engineers’ Section 404 nationwide and regional permits.
Items 1 and 2 are part of an ongoing comprehensive review of the state’s water quality standards while Item 3 is required to address the Corps’ recent actions to reissue nationwide and regional Section 404 permits.
The proposed change in the standards–to–permit derivation procedure is the result of two consultants’ reviews of the existing procedure and the Iowa Water Pollution Control Association’s (IWPCA) concerns that the existing procedure produces overly conservative (i.e., too stringent) permit limits for some facilities. The consultants’ reviews showed that the existing process, although developed in consultation with EPA staff and a stakeholder group over a decade ago, is not consistent with more recent EPA guidance. The proposed procedure differs from EPA guidance but has been reviewed by EPA headquarters and regional staff and has general concurrence from EPA staff and the IWPCA. The derivation procedure is contained in a rule–referenced document, “Supporting Document for Iowa Water Quality Management Plans,” and this document will be modified and the amendments will reflect the date of the revised document. Such implementation procedures are not water quality standards, but the proposed changes are being made as part of the comprehensive standards review.
The changes to the numeric criteria are being proposed to address new information and to correct some values that the EPA did not approve in their 1998 review of Iowa’s standards.
The recertification of the Corps nationwide permits (NWPs) and one regional permit for Iowa is needed before these general permits are effective in Iowa. Section 404 of the Clean Water Act requires a Corps permit for the discharge of dredged or fill materials into waters of the United States. Before the Corps can issue a Section 404 permit, Section 401 of the Act requires that the state water quality agency certify that the proposed activity will not violate state water quality standards. The Corps is authorized to issue general permits on a state, regional or nationwide basis for categories of activities where such activities will have minimal adverse effects, and the Corps has used this permit authority to issue a number of general permits. General permits, including nationwide permits, can be issued for a period not exceeding five years.
The Corps issued a notice of intent to reissue the existing NWPs, with some changes to the permits’ general conditions and definitions, and is proposing to reissue a regional permit authorizing bridge and roadway work. The proposed NWPs and associated permit conditions and limitations were published in the Federal Register (Volume 66, Number 154, August 9, 2001). The primary reason for reissuance of all NWPs is to synchronize the reissuance cycle as the existing NWPs now expire at different times. A copy of the Federal Register with the proposed NWPs can be obtained from the Department of Natural Resources. The Corps has requested comments on the proposed NWPs and, therefore, the NWPs adopted by the Corps may differ from the proposals as contained in the August 9, 2001, Federal Register. The Commission will not take final action on this proposed amendment prior to the Corps’ publication of the adopted NWPs and will consider all comments provided during the public comment period before taking final action.
The revised regional permit (RP7) would authorize work associated with bridge and roadway construction across waters of the United States. The revisions to RP7 include allowing a maximum of one acre regulated wetland to be filled in conjunction with the road crossing project (previously five acres) and providing more options for mitigating impacts to waters of the United States (e.g., in–stream habitat, installation of filter strips along the channel, etc.). RP7 was originally issued in 1979, has been reissued many times since, and expired on December 31, 2000. No amendments are being proposed as the existing rule already provides certification, but the Department is seeking input on whether the reissued RP7 should be certified.
The amendments would provide Section 401 certification for the reissued NWPs and RP7.
Any person may submit written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments through February 18, 2002. Written comments should be submitted to Ralph Turkle, Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 900 East Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319– 0034, by fax (515)281–8895 or by E–mail to ralph.turkle@ dnr.state.ia.us. Persons who have questions on Items 1 and 2 listed above should contact Ralph Turkle at (515)281–7025. Persons who have questions on Item 3 should contact Christine Schwake at (515)281–6615. Additional information on Iowa’s water quality standards can be found on the Department’s Web site at http://www.state.ia.us/epd/prgrmdsc/wtrqual/sum.html. Copies of the Environmental Protection Commission’s rules may be obtained from Cecilia Nelson, Records Center, Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 900 East Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034 or can be found at the following Web site: http://www.legis.state.ia.us/IAC.html.
Persons are also invited to present oral or written comments at public hearings which will be held at the following locations and times:
January 29, 2002, 10:30 a.m., in the Iowa City Public Library, Meeting Room A, 123 S. Linn Street, Iowa City;
January 30, 2002, 11 a.m., in the Cherokee Community Center, 530 W. Bluff Street, Cherokee;
February 1, 2002, 1 p.m., in the Clear Lake Community Meeting Room, 15 N. Sixth Street, Clear Lake;
February 4, 2002, 1 p.m., in the Municipal Utilities Conference Room, 15 W. Third Street, Atlantic;
February 5, 2002, 1 p.m., in the Decorah City Hall Meeting Room, 400 Claiborne Drive, Decorah; and
February 6, 2002, 1 p.m., in the Wallace State Office Building, 5th Floor East Conference Room, 900 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines.
These amendments may have an impact upon small businesses.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 455B, division III, part 1.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 567—Chapter 61, all references to the document “Supporting Document for Iowa Water Quality Management Plans,” as follows:
“Supporting Document for Iowa Water Quality Management Plans,” Chapter IV, July 1976, as revised on November 8, 2000 March [date to be inserted], 2002
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 61.2(2), paragraph “h,” as follows:
h. This policy shall be applied in conjunction with water quality certification review pursuant to Section 401 of the Act. In the event that activities are specifically exempted from flood plain development permits or any other permits issued by this department in 567—Chapters 70, 71, and 72, the activity will be considered consistent with this policy. Other activities not otherwise exempted will be subject to 567—Chapters 70, 71, and 72 and this policy. The repair and maintenance of a drainage district ditch as defined in 567— 70.2(455B,481A) will not be considered a violation of the antidegradation policy for the purpose of implementing Title IV of these rules. United States Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) nationwide permits 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 27, 29, 32, 33, 34, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, and 44 as promulgated March 9, 2000 (effective date of reissued NWPs) are certified pursuant to Section 401 of the Clean Water Act. Regional permit numbers 2, 7, 12, and 20 of the Rock Island District of the Corps are also certified. No specific Corps permit or 401 certification is required for activities covered by these permits unless required by the nationwide permit or the Corps, and the activities are allowed subject to the terms of the nationwide and regional permits.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 61.2(4), paragraph “f,” subparagraph (3), as follows:
(3) The statewide average background values presented in Table IV–5 Table IV–2 of the “Supporting Document for Iowa Water Quality Management Plans,” Chapter IV, July 1976, as revised on November 8, 2000 March [date to be inserted], 2002.
ITEM 4. Amend the following parameters listed in subrule 61.3(3), Table 1, Criteria for Chemical Constituents:
TABLE 1: Criteria for Chemical Constituents
(all values as micrograms per liter unless noted otherwise)


Use Designations
Parameter

B(CW)
B(WW)
B(LR)
B(LW)
C
Bromoform
Human Health — F & W
Human Health — Fish

3600

3600


3600
43
Chlorobenzene
Human Health+ — Fish
Human Heath+ — F & W
MCL
20 21*

20 21*



20 21*

680
100
Chlorodibromomethane
Human Health — F & W
Human Health — Fish

340

340


340
4.1
Chloroform
Human Health — F & W
Human Health — Fish

4700

4700


4700
57
Dichlorobromomethane
Human Health — F & W
Human Health — Fish

460

460


460
5.6
Endrin
Chronic
Acute
Human Health+ — Fish
Human Health+ — F & W
.05
.12
8.1 0.81
.036
.086
8.1 0.81
.036
.086

.036
.086
8.1 0.81



.76
Monochlorobenzene
MCL




100
Trihalomethanes (total)(c)
MCL




100 80
*units expressed in milligrams/liter





+represents the noncarcinogenic human health parameters





(c) total trihalomethanes includes the sum of bromodichloromethane, dibromochloromethane, tribromomethane (bromoform), and trichloromethane (chloroform) The sum of the four trihalomethanes (bromoform [tribromomethane], chlorodibromomethane, chloroform [trichloromethane], and dichlorobromomethane) may not exceed the MCL.

ITEM 5. Amend subrule 62.8(2) as follows:
62.8(2) Effluent limitations necessary to meet water quality standards. No effluent, alone or in combination with the effluent of other sources, shall cause a violation of any applicable water quality standard. When it is found that a discharge that would comply with applicable effluent standards in 62.3(455B), 62.4(455B) or 62.5(455B) or effluent limitations in 62.6(455B) would cause violation of water quality standards, the discharge will be required to meet whatever effluent limitations are necessary to achieve water quality standards, including the nondegradation policy of 567—subrule 61.2(2). Any such effluent limitation shall be determined using a statistically based portion of the calculated waste load allocation, as described in “Supporting Document for Iowa Water Quality Management Plans,” (Iowa Department of Water, Air, and Waste Management, July 1976, Chapter IV, as revised on March 20, 1990 March [date to be inserted], 2002). (Copy available upon request to the Department of Natural Resources, Henry A. Wallace Building, 900 East Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Copy on file with the Iowa Administrative Rules Coordinator.)
ARC 1246B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455C.9, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 107, “Beverage Container Deposits,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Rules to be amended implement the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 455C, Beverage Containers Control Act. The rules in Chapter 107 also contain interpretive rules that clarify or interpret the statute, or apply the statute to factual situations.
The proposed amendments clarify and update labeling requirements, clarify the requirements for approval of redemption centers and exempt dealers, remove references to state–owned liquor stores, add reporting requirements for distributors and redemption centers, and add a public education component to Chapter 107.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before January 29, 2002. Such written materials should be directed to Theresa Stiner, Land Quality and Waste Management Assistance Division, Department of Natural Resources, 502 E. 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034; fax (515)281–8895. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact Theresa Stiner at (515)281–8646 or at the Wallace State Office Building.
Also, there will be a public hearing on January 29, 2002, at 1 p.m. in the Fourth Floor East Conference Room of the Wallace State Office Building, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the rules.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have special requirements such as those related hearing or mobility impairments should contact the Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 455C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 567—107.1(455C) as follows:
567—107.1(455C) Scope. This chapter is intended to implement the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 455C. The Act requires that every alcoholic liquor container, beer, mineral water, soda water or carbonated soft drink container sold in Iowa for consumption off the premises of the dealer be subject to a deposit of 5 cents or more. Such container must have indicated on it that the container is subject to a minimum refund of 5 cents or must be exempt from the requirement of having the refund value indicated on it. An empty container on which a an Iowa deposit was made may be returned to any dealer in the state who sells the kind, brand and size of container or may be returned to a redemption center. The dealer or redemption center must accept the empty container and refund the deposit.
Iowa Code section 455C.2(2) provides in part: “A dealer, dealer agent, or person operating a redemption center may compact empty metal beverage containers with the approval of the distributor required to accept the containers.” So far as metal beverage containers are concerned, such right of approval by the distributor would be meaningless if the dealer were required to accept and redeem crushed metal beverage containers from consumers. Since there appears to be no reason to treat distributors of nonrefillable glass beverage containers differently from distributors of metal beverage containers, there is presumably a corresponding right for the distributors of nonrefillable glass beverage containers to approve the destruction of the containers.
The Act also prohibits the sale at retail of any metal beverage container so designed and constructed that a part of the container is detachable in opening, the so–called “pop–top can.”
This chapter contains rules specifying the minimum size of type to be used for indicating the minimum refund value on beverage containers, rules relating to approval of redemption centers for beverage containers and rules relating to exemptions from labeling the refund value on beverage containers. This chapter also contains interpretive rules that clarify or interpret the statute, or apply the statute to specific factual situations.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 567—107.2(455C) by adopting the following new definitions in alphabetical order:
“Dealer agent” means a person who solicits or picks up empty beverage containers from a dealer for the purpose of returning the empty beverage containers to a distributor or manufacturer.
“Emboss” means to raise the surface in relief.
“Exempt dealer” means a dealer that has an approved agreement with a redemption center.
“High–contrasting color” in reference to labeling requirements means a clear differentiation in hue, value, and intensity with the background on which the redemption message appears, surrounding artwork, and other nearby printed information.
“Incise” means to scratch the surface to produce legible letters or characters at a precise width and depth.
“Indelibly” means that the refund value is permanently affixed on the beverage container and cannot be smeared or removed during regular use from the point of being offered for sale until the point of redemption.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 567—107.3(455C) as follows:
567—107.3(455C) Labeling requirements.
107.3(1) All beer, wine, alcoholic liquor, mineral water, soda water and similar carbonated soft drink containers (other than exempt containers) sold or offered for sale in Iowa by a dealer shall have the words “Iowa Refund 5¢” clearly or “IA 5¢” clearly, indelibly and legibly indicated on the container. If the refund value is more than 5 cents, the greater value may be indicated, e.g., “Iowa Refund 10¢. The words may be abbreviated if a request to use a specific abbreviation is 10¢” or “IA 10¢.” Any abbreviation of the words “Iowa Refund” other than as provided in this subrule shall be submitted to and approved by the director department.
107.3(2) The minimum size of the words “Iowa Refund 5¢” shall be 9 point type or “IA 5¢” and all approved abbreviations shall be a minimum of 9–point type (approximately .125 inch or 3 millimeters) if the words are embossed or incised and 18–point type (approximately .25 inch or 6 millimeters) if the words are otherwise affixed to the container. A stamp or label may have the words “Iowa Refund 5¢” or “IA 5¢” in less than 18–point type if the label is submitted to the director and the director department and the department determines that the high–contrasting color, or the characteristics of the stamp or label, make the stamp or label as easy to discern as a stamp or label with 18–point type.
107.3(3) The words “Iowa Refund 5¢” or “IA 5¢” shall be indicated by embossing (raised letters) or by a stamp, label, by incising, by printing in high–contrasting color, by a stamp or label of high–contrasting color, or other method approved by the department securely and permanently affixed to the container.
107.3(4) The print on a stamp, label or other method used to indicate the words “Iowa Refund 5¢” should be in a high contrast color. Reserved.
107.3(5) The words “Iowa Refund 5¢” or “IA 5¢” should shall be on the end top of a metal beverage container. The words “Iowa Refund 5¢” or “IA 5¢” should shall be on the conical portion of a glass or plastic beverage container so that the words are visible from above or shall be on the product label if on the side of the beverage container. Stamps shall be placed on the front of the beverage container so that the stamp is visible to the consumer as the bottle sits on the shelf. Refund information printed on the labels of beverage containers received by the alcoholic beverages division warehouse shall be printed on the front, primary label of the beverage container. The placement of refund information solely on the bottom of the beverage container is prohibited.
107.3(6) An exemplar example of the label or labeled container may, but need not, be submitted to the director department for informal approval.
107.3(7) An application for exemption from the requirement of having the words “Iowa Refund 5¢” or “IA 5¢” indicated on the container shall be on Form LQ 37 or on 8½? 11–inch paper and shall contain:
a. The name, address and phone telephone number of the applicant;
b. The kind of container, i.e., glass, metal or plastic; the size in fluid ounces or milliliters and the contents, i.e., beer, mineral water, soda water or carbonated soft drink;
c b. The refund value of the container; and
d c. A statement of why the container can be readily and permanently identified by consumers as subject to a deposit.
107.3(8) An example of the container for which the exemption is being requested shall be sent to the department along with the application required in 107.3(7).
107.3(9) The director The department may exempt the container if the director department determines that the container is subject to a deposit of 5 or more cents and that consumers can readily and permanently identify the container as one subject to a deposit.
107.3(9) The director shall maintain and, from time to time, distribute a list of all brands, kinds and sizes of beverage containers that have been exempted from the requirement of having the words “Iowa Refund 5¢” indicated on the container.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 567—107.4(455C) as follows:
567—107.4(455C) Approval of redemption centers.
107.4(1) Approved and unapproved redemption centers explained. The Act provides for both approved and unapproved redemption centers. Both approved and unapproved redemption centers perform the same activity, that is, redemption of redeem empty beverage containers;, and both are lawful. However, an approved redemption center relieves any dealer covered in the order approving the redemption center from the obligation of redeeming those empty beverage containers covered in the order under 107.4(4). Thus the difference between an Both approved and unapproved redemption center, is in the effect on the obligation of dealers to redeem certain empty beverage containers rather than in the activity performed by the redemption center centers shall return the full amount of the refund value to the consumer returning the empty beverage container.
107.4(2) Nothing in the Act or this chapter prevents a person from establishing a redemption center that has not been approved by the director. However, an unapproved redemption center does not relieve any dealer of the responsibility to refund the deposit to the consumer upon presentation of any empty beverage container department. Unapproved redemption centers shall provide the following to the department:
a. Name, address and telephone number of the redemption center;
b. Name, address and telephone number of the person or persons responsible for the establishment and operation of the redemption center;
c. Operating hours; and
d. When the redemption center is closing permanently, notice to the department, including the final date of operation.
107.4(3) Contents of application for approval. An application for approval of a redemption center shall be on Form LQ 38 or on 8½? 11–inch paper that contains and shall contain the following information:
a. Name, address and phone telephone number of the person or persons responsible for the establishment and operation of the redemption center;
b. The address and phone telephone number, if in service, of the redemption center;
c. The kinds, sizes, and brand names of the beverage containers which that will be accepted at the redemption center;
d. The names and addresses of the dealers, if any, to be served by the redemption center and written consent of those dealers to be served by the redemption center;
e. Distance, in blocks or other appropriate measure, from the redemption center to each dealer to be served by the redemption center;
f e. The names and addresses of the distributors whose beverage containers will be redeemed;
g f. The hours the redemption center is to be open;
h g. Whether metal, or glass or plastic beverage containers will be crushed or broken and, if so, the written consent of the distributor or manufacturer to the crushing or breaking;
i h. Reasons why the dealer and redemption center believe that the center will provide a convenient service to consumers.
A redemption center shall be approved if it accepts all major brands of beverage containers and is open to the public at least 20 hours per week, 4 hours of which shall be on Saturday, Sunday, or combination thereof.
107.4(4) An order of the director approving a redemption center shall not authorize a redemption center to accept and pay the refund value of beverage containers purchased from Iowa state liquor stores.
107.4(4) Exempt dealers.
a. A dealer may request to be exempt from accepting returned containers if it has an agreement with an approved redemption center. The request shall be made to the department on a form provided by the department and shall include:
(1) Name and address of the dealer;
(2) Name and address of the redemption center;
(3) Distance from the redemption center;
(4) Reasons why the dealer believes the redemption center will provide a convenient service to its customers;
(5) Kind, size, and brand names of beverages sold by the dealer; and
(6) Written consent of the approved redemption center.
b. Satisfaction of the following criteria creates a rebuttable presumption that the dealer qualifies for exemption:
(1) The dealer has the written consent of an approved redemption center;
(2) The dealer is located within three miles of the redemption center; and
(3) The dealer does not sell a size, type or brand of container not accepted by the redemption center.
The department may approve a dealer’s request for exemption which does not satisfy the criteria in 107.4(4)“b” if the department determines that the redemption center will provide a convenient service to the dealer’s customers. The department may at any time terminate the exemption if the department determines that the redemption center is no longer meeting the above criteria or no longer providing a convenient service to the dealer’s customers.
A dealer who has an approved agreement with a redemption center as of the effective date of these rules shall be considered an exempt dealer so long as the agreement remains in effect.
107.4(5) A dealer served by an approved redemption center must An exempted dealer must prominently post on the premises of the dealer a sign provided at no cost by the department. The sign will include the location and hours of the redemption center.
107.4(6) An approved redemption center must notify the department and any exempted dealers with which it has agreements 30 days prior to the redemption center’s closing.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 567—107.5(455C) as follows:
567—107.5(455C) Redeemed containers—use. Distributors are requested to inform the director department of the intended ultimate use or disposal of redeemed beverage containers. The commission encourages requires the reuse or recycling of empty beverage containers, and the department will assist distributors in finding and examining alternatives to burial of empty containers in sanitary landfills.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 567—107.6(455C) as follows:
567—107.6(455C) Rules relating to alcoholic liquor containers and wine containers purchased from state–owned liquor stores.
107.6(1) Labeling. All alcoholic liquor containers and wine containers (except alcoholic liquor containers and wine containers sold to holders of liquor control licenses or beer or wine permits, as defined in Iowa Code chapter 123) sold by state–owned liquor stores shall have the words “Iowa Refund 5¢” clearly and legibly indicated on the container. If the refund value is more than 5 cents the greater value may be indicated, e.g., “Iowa Refund 10¢.” The words may be abbreviated if a request to use a specific abbreviation is submitted to and approved by the director.
107.6(2) Mandatory deposit. The consumer (other than the holder of a liquor control license or beer or wine permit, as defined in Iowa Code chapter 123) will be charged a 5–cent deposit on each alcoholic liquor container or wine container sold in the state of Iowa.
107.6(3) Refund. Alcoholic liquor containers and wine containers bearing the refund label described in 107.6(1) and 107.6(4) may be redeemed in any state–owned liquor store if the empty beverage containers are clearly marked to indicate that they were sold in a state–owned liquor store. Alcoholic liquor containers bearing the label described in 107.6(1) and 107.6(4), shall not be redeemed by an approved or unapproved redemption center or by a dealer other than the alcoholic beverages division of the department of commerce. Wine containers bearing the refund label described in 107.6(1) and 107.6(4), except wine containers with a state liquor store label attached, shall be redeemed by any dealer, which sells the kind, size and brand as the empty wine container. A dealer, other than a state liquor store, or a distributor may refuse to accept and to pay the refund value of an empty wine container which is marked to indicate that it was sold by a state liquor store. A state liquor store may refuse to accept and to pay the refund value of an empty wine container which is not marked to indicate that it was sold by a state liquor store.
107.6(4) The provisions of subrules 107.3(2) to 107.3(9) shall fully apply to the refund labeling requirements of liquor containers and wine containers as fully as if set forth in this rule.
107.6(5) Each beverage container containing wine or alcoholic liquor which is sold or offered for sale in a state liquor store shall also be marked by embossing or by stamp, label, or other methods securely affixed to the container to indicate that it was sold in a state liquor store.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 455C.4 and 455C.5, as amended by 1985 Iowa Acts, chapter 32.
567—107.6 Reserved.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 567—107.7(455C) as follows:
567—107.7(455C) Redeemed containers must be reasonably clean. Consumers should shall take care to return containers in a reasonably clean and intact condition. In order to be redeemed, an empty beverage container shall be free of materials, such as paper, sticks and cigarette butts, other dry and free of foreign materials other than the residue of the beverage.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 567—107.8(455C) as follows:
567—107.8(455C) Interpretive rules.
107.8(1) No change.
107.8(2) Beverage containers must be reasonably intact. In order to be redeemed, an empty beverage container must be returned reasonably intact. For a refillable beverage container, the container must hold liquid, be able to be resealed and be in its original shape. A nonrefillable glass container may be chipped, but it may not have the bottom broken out or the neck broken off. A nonrefillable metal container may be dented or partially crushed, but may not be crushed flat. A returned metal beverage container should be able to stand on its own base. (Reason: Section 2.2 of the Act provides in part: “A dealer or person operating a redemption center may compact empty metal beverage containers with the approval of the distributor required to accept such containers.” So far as metal beverage containers are concerned, such right of approval in the distributor would be meaningless if the dealer were required to accept and redeem crushed metal beverage containers from consumers. Since there appears to be no reason to treat distributors of nonrefillable glass beverage containers differently than distributors of metal beverage containers, there is presumably a corresponding right in the distributors of nonrefillable glass beverage containers to approve the destruction of the containers.) A nonrefillable plastic container may be dented or partially crushed. A returned nonrefillable plastic beverage container is not required to be able to stand on its own base. The intentional crushing of any beverage container to be redeemed by a consumer is prohibited unless approved by the dealer, redemption center and distributor required to accept the container. A dealer or person operating a redemption center may compact empty metal beverage containers with the approval of the distributor required to accept such containers.
107.8(3) Vending machines.
a. When a beverage container is dispensed from a vending machine in exchange for money, there is presumed to be a sale of a beverage in a beverage container to a consumer” within the meaning of 107.2(13). Therefore some person must be the “dealer” who is responsible for collecting the deposit at the time of sale and for refunding the deposit upon return of when the empty beverage container is returned. Because of the variety of contractual relationships surrounding operation of a vending machine, the person who is the “dealer” might be the owner of the vending machine, the lessee of the vending machine, the owner of the premises on which the vending machine is located, or the person who stocks the vending machine. It is incumbent upon the parties involved in the operation of a vending machine to determine the person who is the “dealer” and to indicate prominently on the vending machine the name, location and normal operating hours of the dealer (or an approved redemption center) if the dealer does not have personnel on its premises.
b. No change.
107.8(4) No change.
107.8(5) Return limits. Dealers may limit the number of containers returned by an individual to 120 containers in a 24–hour period. Redemption centers may limit the number of containers returned by an individual to 500 containers in a 24–hour period.
107.8(6) Hours of returns for dealers. A dealer, unless exempted pursuant to 107.4(4), must accept returns, at a minimum, from 7 a.m. to 10 p.m. unless the dealer’s operating hours are shorter, in which case returns shall be limited to the dealer’s hours of operation. If a dealer chooses to limit the hours of returns, the dealer must post a sign stating the hours during which beverage containers are accepted for return.
107.8(7) A dealer shall provide to the department upon request the name, telephone number and address of the distributor of any or all beverages sold by the dealer.
ITEM 9. Amend 567—Chapter 107 by adopting the following new rules:
567—107.9(455C) Pickup of redeemed containers.
107.9(1) A distributor shall accept and pick up all containers from a dealer served by the distributor at least weekly, or when the distributor delivers the beverage product if deliveries are less frequent than weekly.
107.9(2) A distributor shall accept and pick up all containers from a dealer agent located in the distributor’s service area at least as often as the distributor delivers to the largest dealer served by the dealer agent, but may not be required to pick up the containers more than once per week.
107.9(3) A distributor shall accept and pick up all containers from a redemption center located in the distributor’s service area at least as often as the distributor delivers to the largest dealer within five miles of the redemption center, but may not be required to pick up the containers more than once per week.
107.9(4) A distributor shall notify each dealer, redemption center, or dealer agent serviced by that distributor of the intended frequency of pickup. This interval between minimum pickups shall be referred to as the “pickup period.”
107.9(5) A distributor who chooses to pick up containers more often than the minimum frequency required by law shall not be required to pick up all containers each time the distributor picks up containers, so long as additional times to pick up the remaining containers are scheduled within the required period.
567—107.10(455C) Dealer agent lists. A dealer agent shall provide to a distributor upon request a list of the dealers that the dealer agent is serving.
567—107.11(455C) Distributor registration. Each distributor shall provide the following information to the department:
1. Name, address and telephone number of the distributor;
2. Name and telephone number of a contact person;
3. Territory the distributor serves; and
4. The size, type and brand of each beverage container sold.
A distributor shall notify the department and redemption centers and dealer agents within the distributor’s geographic territory within one week of selling a new product.
567—107.12(455C) Refund value stated on containers—exceptions. Exceptions in Iowa Code section 455C.5(2) are limited to once in a 24–hour period.
567—107.13(455C) Record keeping. The distributor shall maintain a record of all deposits initiated and all deposits redeemed by material type (i.e., aluminum, PET (#1) plastic, HDPE (#2) plastic, glass) and by beverage type (i.e., beer, wine, alcoholic liquor, nonalcoholic beverage). Each distributor shall maintain and report annually this information on a department–provided form along with a description of the distributor’s service territory. Each approved and unapproved redemption center shall report annually to the department on a department–provided form the number of beverage containers redeemed by the redemption center excluding those containers collected by the redemption center while acting as a dealer agent. The following reporting deadline shall be met:
Reporting Period Report Due
January 1 – December 31 February 15

107.13(1) All information reported in accordance with this rule shall be considered confidential in accordance with Iowa Code section 22.6(7). Information received by the department in accordance with this rule shall be released in aggregate.
107.13(2) The department shall issue a report annually to the general assembly by April 1 providing a summary of the overall redemption rate including total deposits initiated and redeemed and the total amount of beverage containers redeemed.
567—107.14(455C) Education. Dealers who are not exempt dealers pursuant to 107.4(4) and redemption centers shall maintain and prominently display at the point of redemption easily readable signage using language developed by the department in cooperation with dealers and redemption centers. The signage shall provide information regarding prohibited practices, consumers’ responsibilities when returning containers, and the ability of dealers to limit the number of containers returned in accordance with 107.8(5). The department shall provide language for the signs on the department’s Web site.
567—107.15(455C) Refusing payment when a distributor discontinues a specific beverage product. A distributor, dealer or redemption center may refuse to pay the refund value and the handling fee in the following situations:
107.15(1) A distributor may refuse to pay the refund value if the distributor has given notice, in writing, to dealers to whom the distributor sold similar beverage containers and to the redemption centers served by the distributor and if at least four months have elapsed since the mailing of such notice. The notice shall state that the particular kind, size and brand of container offered for refund has been discontinued. This notice will be mailed not more than 30 days before the final delivery of the product.
107.15(2) A dealer or redemption center may refuse to pay the refund value of beverages discontinued by the distributor in accordance with subrule 107.15(1) no sooner than three months after the distributor has mailed the notice required by subrule 107.15(1). In no event shall a dealer or redemption center refuse to pay the refund value of discontinued beverages unless such dealer or redemption center shall have posted for at least 30 days a conspicuous notice advising consumers of the final date of acceptance.
567—107.16(455C) Payment of refund value. A distributor shall issue to a dealer payment of the refund value and handling fee within one week following pickup or when the dealer pays the distributor for the beverages, if less frequently than weekly.
A distributor shall issue to a redemption center or dealer agent payment of the refund value and handling fee within one week of pickup.
567—107.17(455C) Sales tax on deposit. The department of revenue and finance has determined that the payment of the deposit by a consumer is not a sale subject to the payment of additional sales tax.
ARC 1263B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.304(8), the Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 111, “Financial Assurance Requirements for Municipal Solid Waste Landfills,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments establish specifications for the closure and postclosure accounts required for municipal solid waste landfills by Iowa Code section 455B.306(8)“b.” The amendments also correct some inconsistencies found in the new Chapter 111 that became effective August 15, 2001.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments on or before February 12, 2002. Written comments should be directed to Jon Tack, Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 900 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034; fax (515)281–8895; E–mail Jon.Tack@dnr. state.ia.us.
A public hearing will be held on February 12, 2002, at 1:30 p.m. in the Fifth Floor Conference Room of the Wallace State Office Building at which time persons may present their views on the proposed amendments either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 455B.304(8).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 111.3(1), paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. The cost estimate must equal the cost of closing the MSWLF at any time during the active permitted life of the facility when the extent and manner of its operation would make closure the most expensive.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 111.3(2) as follows:
111.3(2) The owner or operator of an MSWLF must establish financial assurance for closure in accordance with the criteria in this chapter. The owner or operator must provide continuous coverage for closure until released from this requirement by demonstrating compliance with 567—subrules 103.2(13) and 102.12(10). A certification Proof of compliance pursuant to 111.3(3)“f” must be submitted by the owner or operator each year by April 1 and approved by the department.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 111.3(3), paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. The owner or operator shall submit a complete copy of the financial assurance instrument or the documents that establish the financial assurance instrument each year by April 1. The documents submitted shall contain, but are not limited to, the amount of the financial assurance, the annual financial statement and financial plan required by Iowa Code sections 455B.306(8)“e” and 455B.306(6)“c,” and the current balances of the closure and postclosure accounts required by Iowa Code section 455B.306(8)“b.” Nothing in this requirement shall require the duplicative submission of information otherwise submitted in order to comply with the requirements of this chapter.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 111.3(3), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. The owner or operator shall submit a copy of the documents establishing a financial assurance instrument in an amount equal to or greater than the third–party estimate amount specified in 567—111.9(455B).
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 111.4(2) as follows:
111.4(2) The owner or operator of an MSWLF must establish financial assurance for the costs of postclosure care required by 567—subrules 103.2(14) and 102.12(10). The owner or operator must provide continuous coverage for postclosure care until released from this requirement by demonstrating compliance with the postclosure plan and the closure permit. A certification Proof of compliance pursuant to 111.4(3)“f” must be submitted by the owner or operator annually by April 1 and approved by the department.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 111.4(3), paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. The documents submitted shall contain, but are not limited to, the amount of the financial assurance, the annual financial statement and financial plan required by Iowa Code sections 455B.306(8)“e” and 455B.306(6)“c,” and the current balances of the closure and postclosure accounts required by Iowa Code section 455B.306(8)“b.” Nothing in this requirement shall require the duplicative submission of information otherwise submitted in order to comply with the requirements of this chapter.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 111.4(3), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. The owner or operator shall submit a copy of the documents establishing a financial assurance instrument in an amount equal to or greater than the third–party cost estimate amount specified in 567—111.9(455B).
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 111.6(1), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. For a trust fund used to demonstrate financial assurance for closure and postclosure care, the first payment into the fund must be at least equal to the current cost estimate amount specified in 567—111.9(455B) for closure or postclosure care divided by the number of years in the pay–in period as defined in 111.6(1)“b.” The amount of subsequent payments must be determined by the following formula:
Next Payment
=
CE CV CB


Y
where CE is the current cost estimate amount specified in 567—111.9(455B) for closure or postclosure date (updated for inflation or other changes), CV CB is the current value balance of the trust fund, and Y is the number of years remaining in the pay–in period.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 111.6(2), paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. The penal sum of the bond must be in an amount at least equal to the current the amount specified in 567— 111.9(455B) for closure and postclosure or corrective action cost estimate, whichever is applicable.
ITEM 10. Amend 111.6(3), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. The letter of credit must be irrevocable and issued for a period of at least one year in an amount at least equal to the current cost estimate amount specified in 567—111.9(455B) for closure, postclosure care or corrective action, whichever is applicable. The letter of credit must provide that the expiration date will be automatically extended for a period of at least one year unless the issuing institution has canceled the letter of credit by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner and operator and to the department 120 days in advance of cancellation. When such notice is provided, the owner or operator shall, within 60 days, provide to the department adequate proof of alternate financial assurance, notice of withdrawal of cancellation, or proof of a deposit of a sum equal to the amount of the letter of credit into the closure and postclosure account established pursuant to Iowa Code section 455B.306(8)“b.” If the owner or operator has not complied with this subrule within the 60–day time period, the issuer of the letter of credit shall deposit a sum equal to the amount of the letter of credit into the closure and postclosure accounts established by the owner or operator pursuant to Iowa Code section 455B.306(8)“b.” The provision of funds by the issuer of the letter of credit shall be considered an issuance of a loan to the owner and operator, and the terms of that loan shall be governed by the letter of credit or subsequent agreement between those parties. The state shall not be considered a party to this credit transaction.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 111.6(4), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. The insurance policy must be issued for a face amount at least equal to the current cost estimate amount specified in 567—111.9(455B) for closure, or postclosure care, or corrective action, whichever is applicable. The term “face amount” means the total amount the insurer is obligated to pay under the policy. Actual payments by the insurer will not change the face amount, although the insurer’s future liability will be lowered by the amount of the payments.
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 111.6(9), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. Payments into the dedicated fund must be made annually by the owner or operator for ten years or over the remaining permitted life of the MSWLF, whichever is shorter, in the case of a dedicated fund for closure or postclosure care, or over one–half of the estimated length of an approved corrective action program in the case of a response to a known release. This is referred to as the “pay–in period.” The initial payment into the dedicated fund must be made before the initial receipt of waste in the case of closure and postclosure care or no later than 120 days after the corrective action plan has been approved by the department.
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 111.6(9), paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. For a dedicated fund used to demonstrate financial assurance for closure and postclosure care, the first payment into the fund must be at least equal to the current cost estimate amount specified in 567—111.9(455B), divided by the number of years in the pay–in period as defined in this sub–rule. The amount of subsequent payments must be determined by the following formula:
Next Payment
=
TF CE CF CB


Y
where TF CE is the total required financial assurance for the owner or operator, CF CB is the current amount in balance of the fund, and Y is the number of years remaining in the pay–in period.
ITEM 14. Amend 567—Chapter 111 by adopting the following new rules:
567—111.8(455B) Closure and postclosure accounts. The holder of a permit for a municipal solid waste landfill shall maintain a separate closure account and postclosure account as required by Iowa Code section 455B.306(8)“b.” The accounts shall be specific to a particular facility.
111.8(1) Definitions. For the purpose of this rule, the following definitions shall apply:
“Account” means a formal separate set of records.
“Current balance” means cash in an account established pursuant to this rule plus the current value of investments of money collected pursuant to 567—111.8(455B) and used to purchase one or more of the investments listed at Iowa Code section 12B.10(5).
“Current cost estimate” means the closure cost estimate prepared and submitted to the department pursuant to 567— 111.3(455B) and the postclosure cost estimate prepared and submitted pursuant to 567—111.4(455B).
111.8(2) Money in the accounts shall not be assigned for the benefit of creditors except the state of Iowa.
111.8(3) Money in an account shall not be used to pay any final judgment against a permit holder arising out of the ownership or operation of the site during its active life or after closure.
111.8(4) Withdrawal of funds. Except as provided in 111.8(5), money in the accounts may be withdrawn without departmental approval only for the purpose of funding closure, including partial closure, or postclosure activities that are in conformance with a closure/postclosure plan which has been submitted pursuant to 567— subrule 102.12(10). Withdrawals for activities not in conformance with aclosure/postclosure plan must receive prior written approval from the department. Permit holders using a trust fund established pursuant to 111.6(1) to satisfy the requirements of this rule must comply with the requirements of 111.6(1)“f” prior to withdrawal.
111.8(5) Excess funds. If the balance of a closure or postclosure account exceeds the current cost estimate for closure or postclosure at any time, the permit holder may withdraw the excess funds so long as the withdrawal does not cause the balance to be reduced below the amount of the current cost estimate.
111.8(6) Initial proof of establishment of account. A permit holder shall submit a statement of account, signed by the permit holder, to the department by July 1, 2002, that indicates that accounts have been established pursuant to this rule. Permit holders for new municipal solid waste landfills permitted after July 1, 2002, shall submit a statement of account, signed by the permit holder, to the department prior to the landfill’s initial receipt of waste.
111.8(7) An account established pursuant to 111.6(1) for trust funds or 111.6(9) for local government dedicated funds also satisfies the requirements of this rule, and the permit holder shall not be required to establish closure and postclosure accounts in addition to said financial assurance accounts. Accounts established pursuant to 111.6(1) or 111.6(9), which are intended to satisfy the requirements of this subrule, must comply with Iowa Code section 455B.306(8)“b.”
111.8(8) Yearly deposits. Deposits into the closure and postclosure accounts shall be made at least yearly in the amounts specified in this subrule beginning with the close of the first fiscal year that starts following the effective date of this rule. The deposits shall be made within 30 days of the close of the fiscal year. The minimum yearly deposit to the closure and postclosure accounts shall be determined using the following formula:
CE – CB
?
TR
=
yearly deposit to account
RPC




“CE” means the current cost estimate of closure and postclosure costs.
“CB” means the current balance of the closure or postclosure accounts.
“RPC” means the remaining permitted capacity, in tons, of the landfill as of the start of the permit holder’s fiscal year.
“TR” is the number of tons of solid waste disposed at the facility in the prior year.
111.8(9) Closure and postclosure accounts may be commingled with other accounts so long as the amounts credited to each account balance are reported separately pursuant to 111.3(3)“a” and 111.4(3)“a.”
111.8(10) The department shall have full rights of access to all funds existing in a facility’s closure or postclosure account, at the sole discretion of the department, if the permit holder fails to undertake closure or postclosure activities after being directed to do so by a final agency action of the department. These funds shall be used only for the purposes of funding closure and postclosure activities at the site.
567—111.9(455B) Amount of required financial assurance. A financial assurance mechanism established pursuant to 567—111.6(455B) shall be in the amount of the third–party cost estimates required by rules 567—111.3(455B), 111.4(455B), and 111.5(455B) except as follows:
The amount of the financial assurance instrument may be reduced by the sum of the cash balance in an account established pursuant to rule 111.8 if the account is established as a trust fund or dedicated fund plus the current value of investments held by such a trust fund or dedicated fund if invested in one or more of the investments listed at Iowa Code section 12B.10(5).
ARC 1262B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.474, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby proposes to amend Chapter 136, “Financial Responsibility for Underground Storage Tanks,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments rescind rule 136.2(455B) and subrule 136.23(6) and amend subrule 136.18(1). Rule 136.2(455B) provides the compliance dates owners and operators had to meet for providing financial responsibility for their underground storage tanks. These dates have passed and the provision is no longer necessary. Subrule 136.23(6) refers to state assurance funds which do not apply in Iowa because Iowa’s insurance fund has been privatized.
The amendment to subrule 136.18(1) adds a requirement for providers of financial responsibility to copy the Department when notice of termination of coverage is sent to tank owners or operators. Currently, there is no requirement for financial responsibility providers to give notice to the Department when a notice of termination of coverage is sent to owners and operators. The existing rules do require that any Department–approved mechanism provide a grace period prior to termination of coverage: 60 days for insurance mechanisms and 120 days for other mechanisms such as surety bonds, guarantees, and letters of credit. These grace periods are only effective beginning on the date of receipt by the owner or operator of a cancellation notice, and termination is not effective without receipt. Currently, the owner or operator is required to notify the Department within 60 days after receiving notice of termination if alternative coverage is not obtained. Reliance on the owner or operator to give the Department notice of termination of coverage has not proven to be sufficiently effective to monitor and enforce the requirement to maintain financial responsibility coverage while a tank system is in operation and until a tank system is permanently closed. Requiring the provider of financial responsibility to give notice to the Department will allow the Department the opportunity to notify and encourage these owners to keep financial responsibility coverage in order to stay in operation and avoid administrative penalties for operating without coverage. For those sites ceasing operation, the notice will help the Department ensure that owners and operators maintain coverage until the tank system is permanently closed and checked for contamination. Under this amendment, the failure of a provider to notify or provide timely notice to the Department is not made a condition of termination and will not be interpreted to affect the substantive terms of the termination of coverage by the provider.
Iowa Code section 455B.474(7) states that rules adopted by the Commission shall be consistent with and shall not exceed the requirements of federal regulations. The Department has reviewed the history of federal regulations dealing with financial responsibility in 40 CFR 280. Although the amendment to subrule 136.18(1) modifies the cancellation procedure established in 40 CFR 280.105 by adding a requirement regarding notice to the Department, the Department believes this amendment is consistent with the purposes of the federal regulations and does not substantially exceed the federal requirements. The Department does not believe this amendment creates any substantial burden on financial responsibility providers and may very well be in their business interest.
Any interested person may submit written comments on the proposed amendments on or before February 1, 2002. Written comments should be sent to the Department of Natural Resources, Attn: Paul Nelson, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; fax (515)281–8895; E–mail paul.nelson@dnr.state.ia.us.
Also, a public hearing will be held January 29, 2002, at1 p.m. in the Fifth Floor West Conference Room of the Wallace State Office Building, at which time persons may pre–sent their views on the proposed amendments either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 455B.474.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind and reserve rule 567—136.2(455B).
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 136.18(1), introductory paragraph, as follows:
136.18(1) Except as otherwise provided, a provider of financial assurance may cancel or fail to renew an assurance mechanism by sending a notice of termination by certified mail to the owner or operator. The provider of the financial assurance must also provide a copy of the notice of termination to the underground storage tank section of the department of natural resources. Failure to notify or timely provide a copy to the department will not invalidate a provider’s action to terminate coverage or deny renewal of coverage.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 567—136.23(455B) by rescinding subrule 136.23(6).
ARC 1272B
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD, IOWA[351]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 68B.32A, the Iowa Ethics and Campaign Disclosure Board proposes to amend Chapter 7, “Contested Case Procedures,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment shortens the amount of time that a notice of hearing in a contested case must be served prior to the hearing date. The current rule requires notice to be served 45 days prior to the hearing; this amendment would require notice to be served 30 days prior to the hearing. The amendment is not a discretionary rule and the Board’s counsel would not be permitted to request a waiver or variance to serve the notice of hearing less than 30 days prior to the hearing date. If the party being served needs additional time to prepare, the rules permit the filing of a motion for continuance.
Any person may submit written comments concerning this amendment on or before January 29, 2002. Written comments should be directed to Charlie Smithson, Iowa Ethics and Campaign Disclosure Board, 514 E. Locust, Suite 104, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; fax (515)281–3701. Persons who wish to comment orally should contact Charlie Smithson at (515)281–3489.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A and 68B.
The following amendment is proposed.

Amend subrule 7.5(3) as follows:

7.5(3) Time. The notice of hearing shall be served upon all parties at least 45 30 days before the scheduled hearing date.
ARC 1280B
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 7A.30 and 18.4, the Department of General Services hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 10, “Inventory Guidelines for State of Iowa Personal and Real Property,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments incorporate standards set by the federal Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A87, Attachment B, 19a(2). Agencies will be required to report fewer fixed assets for the statewide Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR). Fixed assets valued at less than $5000 will not have to be reported. The former limit was $2000. Agreement on this change was reached by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board Statement 34 (GASB34) implementation committee, which includes other agencies and the State Auditor. GASB34 requires that capitalized assets be depreciated. When the OMB Circular changes in the future, the Department will work with the Department of Revenue and Finance to initiate a review of this policy. Agencies may choose to report fixed assets at a more restrictive level. The rule change also requires that the straight–line depreciation method be used.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be accepted until 4:30 p.m. on January 31, 2002. Interested persons may submit written, oral or electronic comments by contacting Carol Stratemeyer, Department of General Services, Hoover State Office Building, Level A, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0104; telephone (515)281–6134; fax (515)242–5974; E–mail Carol.Stratemeyer@dgs.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on January 31, 2002, from 1 to 2 p.m. in the Design and Construction Conference Room, Department of General Services, Hoover State Office Building, Level A, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments. Persons with special needs may contact the Department of General Services prior to the hearing if accommodations need to be made.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 7A.30.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 10.2(1) and 10.2(2) as follows:
10.2(1) Personal property. For purposes of this chapter, personal property is any item or equipment that has an acquisition value of $2000 $5000 or more and has an anticipated useful life of one year or more. Computer software is to be excluded from this definition. If the minimum level for capitalization set by the federal Office of Management and Budget Circular A87 is changed, there will be a coordinated effort between the department of general services and the department of revenue and finance to determine if the amount should be adjusted for the state of Iowa.
10.2(2) Accounting in aggregate. Accounting in aggregate is the process of accounting for certain types of items in a lump sum rather than individually. Items accounted for in aggregate are added for the combined value with one entry to the fixed asset listing. Items that may be accounted for in aggregate are defined below as:
a. One item that is made up of two or more component parts, or and the
b. Two or more like items whose individual values are less than $2000 $5000, but the combined value is can be $2000 $5000 or more,.
c. Two or more like items whose individual values are $2000 or greater, if the item does not fall under paragraph “a” above and it is not physically feasible to account for the items individually.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 401—10.3(7A) as follows:
401—10.3(7A) Accounting for items in aggregate. Personal property may be accounted for in aggregate. Items accounted for in aggregate shall be tagged as follows:
1. If accounting in aggregate as defined in 10.2(2)“a” or 10.2(2)“c,” 10.2(2)“a,” one item or component of the item shall be tagged with a prenumbered tag and all other items or components marked with an unnumbered tag or other identifiable markings.
Any item that is accounted for in the aggregate whose individual values are less than $5000 will not be included in the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) for the state, even if the amount in the aggregate exceeds the minimum level for capitalization. If a department chooses to account for items in aggregate, or report items at a level that is more restrictive than $5000, then the department must recognize that these items will be reconciling items when reporting for the CAFR.
2. If accounting in aggregate as defined in 10.2(2)“b” or 10.2(2)“c,” one item or component of the group may be tagged with a prenumbered tag and all other items or components marked with an unnumbered tag or other identifiable markings, or all components may be marked with an unnumbered tag or other identifiable markings.
To ensure proper accountability for these items, each department will prepare written policies and procedures for tracking and recording items accounted for in aggregate.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 401—10.6(7A) as follows:
401—10.6(7A) Inventory listing. Personal property should be accounted for on an inventory listing. As applicable, the following minimum information must be presented on the inventory listing for each record of personal property:
1. Department.
2. Tag number.
3. Description.
4. Acquisition value.
5. Location(s).
6. Acquisition date.
7. Disposition date (not applicable until disposal of property).
8. The only depreciation method allowed shall be the straight–line method.
8 9. If the department depreciates personal property, the information will must also include the depreciation method used, life expectancy and net book value useful life of the asset.
Departments shall develop adequate internal control procedures that (1) identify individual(s) authorized to update and change the inventory records and (2) provide for an adequate segregation of duties between the recording and custody of property.
ARC 1226B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“b,” the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 3, “Department Procedure for Rule Making,” Chapter 4, “Petitions for Rule Making,” and Chapter 5, “Declaratory Orders,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments revise the Department’s rules governing procedures for rule making, petitions for rule making, and declaratory orders as follows. The amendments:
Remove the provision for receiving notices electronically. Prior to developing its Web site, the Department would send electronic copies of its notices to persons who wrote the Department requesting the same. With the advent of the Department’s Web site with its subscription feature, and the subsequent availability of all of the Department’s noticed and adopted rules to anyone with Internet access, this provision was no longer necessary.
Persons subscribing to the Department’s Web site receive a weekly memo via E–mail listing new rules under Notice by the Department. To subscribe, persons can go to the Department’s Web site at http://www.dhs.state.ia.us/policyanalysis/ or E–mail the Department’s rules administrator atpolicyanalysis@dhs.state.ia.us indicating the E–mail address to which the memo shall be sent. This service is available without charge. Persons without Internet access can still request that copies of individual rules be sent to them.
Update organizational references and addresses.
Update Iowa Code references.
These needed corrections were identified by the Department while completing the rule assessment mandated by Executive Order Number 8.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because these amendments are merely technical in nature.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or before January 30, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 3.3(2) as follows:
3.3(2) Anticipated rule making. The rule–making docket shall list each anticipated rule–making proceeding. A rule–making proceeding is deemed “anticipated” from the time a draft of proposed rules is distributed by the department’s bureau office of policy analysis for internal discussion within the department. For each anticipated rule–making proceeding the docket shall contain a listing of the precise subject matter which may be submitted for consideration by the council on human services, mental health and developmental disabilities commission, or the HAWK–I board for subsequent proposal under the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“a,” the name and address of department personnel with whom persons may communicate with respect to the matter, and an indication of the present status within the department of that possible rule. The department may also include in the docket other subjects upon which public comment is desired.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—3.4(17A) as follows:
Amend subrule 3.4(2) as follows:
3.4(2) Copies of notices by mail. Persons desiring to receive copies of future Notices of Intended Action by subscription shall complete Form 470–2250, Notice Subscription, which is available from the Bureau Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, 1305 East Walnut, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319– 0114, indicating the name and address to which the notices shall be sent. Persons may subscribe to all notices of the department, or only to notices pertaining to the service, income maintenance, or medical programs. Within seven days after submission of a Notice of Intended Action to the administrative rules coordinator for publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, the department shall mail a copy of the notice to subscribers who have completed Form 470–2250 and paid the subscription price. The subscription price includes the cost of labor and supplies for copying and mailing of the notices. At the end of each calendar year, subscribers will be sent Form 470–2250 to complete if they wish to continue on the mailing list.
Rescind subrule 3.4(3) and adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
3.4(3) Subscription to Web site. Persons desiring toreceive a weekly memo via E–mail listing new rules under proposal by the department shall go to the department’sWeb site at http://www.dhs.state.ia.us/policyanalysis/ to subscribe or E–mail the department’s rules administrator at policyanalysis@dhs.state.ia.us indicating the E–mail address to which the memo shall be sent. This service shall be available without charge.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—3.5(17A) as follows:
Amend subrule 3.5(1) as follows:
3.5(1) Written comments. For at least 20 days after publication of the Notice of Intended Action, persons may submit argument, data, and views, in writing or via electronic transmission, on the proposed rule. These submissions should identify the proposed rule to which they relate and should be submitted to the Bureau Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, 1305 East Walnut, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, or to the department’s rules coordinator administrator at dhsrules @dhs.state.ia.us policyanalysis@dhs.state.ia.us.
Amend subrule 3.5(3), paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Applicability. This subrule applies only to those oral rule–making proceedings in which an opportunity to make oral presentations is authorized or required by Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 8, or subrule 3.5(2).
Amend subrule 3.5(5) as follows:
3.5(5) Accessibility. The department shall schedule oral proceedings in rooms accessible to and functional for persons with physical disabilities. Persons who have special requirements should contact the bureau office of policy analysis at (515)281–8440 in advance to arrange access or other needed services.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441—3.6(17A) as follows:
441—3.6(17A) Regulatory analysis.
3.6(1) Definition of small business. A “small business” is defined in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10, subsection 7 Iowa Code section 17A.4A(7).
3.6(2) Distribution list. Small businesses or organizations of small businesses may be registered on the department’s small business impact list by making a written application addressed to the Bureau Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, 1305 East Walnut, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114. The application for registration shall state:
a. to d. No change.
e. Whether the registrant desires copies of Notices of Intended Action at cost or via electronic transmission, or desires advance notice of the subject of all or some specific category of proposed rule making affecting small business.
The department may at any time request additional information from the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified as a small business or as an organization of 25 or more small businesses. The department may periodically send a letter to each registered small business or organization of small businesses asking whether that business or organization wishes to remain on the registration list. The name of a small business or organization of small businesses shall be removed from the list if a negative response is received, or if no response is received within 30 days after the letter is sent.
3.6(3) Time of distribution. Within seven days after submission of a Notice of Intended Action to the administrative rules coordinator for publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, the department shall mail or electronically transmit to all registered small businesses or organizations of small businesses, in accordance with their request, either a copy of the Notice of Intended Action or notice of the subject of that proposed rule making. In the case of a rule that may have an impact on small business adopted in reliance upon Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the department shall mail notice of the adopted rule to registered businesses or organizations prior to the time the adopted rule is published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
3.6(4) Qualified requestors for regulatory analysis—economic impact. The department shall issue a regulatory analysis of a proposed rule that conforms to the requirements of 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10, subsection 2, paragraph “a,” Iowa Code section 17A.4A(2)“a” after a proper request from:
a. and b. No change.
3.6(5) Qualified requestors for regulatory analysis—business impact. The department shall issue a regulatory analysis of a proposed rule that conforms to the requirements of 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10, subsection 2, paragraph “b,” Iowa Code section 17A.4A(2)“b” after a proper request from:
a. to d. No change.
3.6(6) Time period for analysis. Upon receipt of a timely request for a regulatory analysis, the agency shall adhere to the time lines described in 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10, subsection 4 Iowa Code section 17A.4A(4).
3.6(7) Contents of request. A request for a regulatory analysis is made when it is mailed or delivered to the department. The request shall be in writing and satisfy the requirements of 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10, subsection 1 Iowa Code section 17A.4A(1).
3.6(8) Contents of concise summary. The contents of the concise summary shall conform to the requirements of 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10, subsections 4 and 5 Iowa Code sections 17A.4A(4) and (5).
3.6(9) Publication of a concise summary. The department shall make available to the maximum extent feasible, copies of the published summary in conformance with 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10, subsection 5 Iowa Code section 17A.4A(5).
3.6(10) Regulatory analysis contents—rules review committee or rules coordinator. When a regulatory analysis is issued in response to a written request from the administrative rules review committee or the administrative rules coordinator, the regulatory analysis shall conform to the requirements of 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10, subsection 2, paragraph “a,” Iowa Code section 17A.4A(2)“a,” unless a written request expressly waives one or more of the items listed therein.
3.6(11) Regulatory analysis contents—substantial impact on small business. When a regulatory analysis is issued in response to a written request from the administrative rules review committee, the administrative rules coordinator, at least 25 persons signing that request who each qualify as a small business or by an organization representing at least 25 small businesses, the regulatory analysis shall conform to the requirements of 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10, subsection 2, paragraph “b.” Iowa Code section 17A.4A(2)“b.”
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 3.11(1) as follows:
3.11(1) General. When requested by a person, either prior to the adoption of a rule or within 30 days after its publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin as an adopted rule, the department shall issue a concise statement of reasons for the rule. Requests for such a statement must be in writing and be delivered to the Bureau Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, 1305 East Walnut, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114. The request should indicate whether the statement is sought for all or only a specified part of the rule. Requests shall be considered made on the date received.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 3.12(1), paragraphs “b” and “f,” as follows:
b. A brief explanation of the principal reasons for the rule–making action if the reasons are required by 1998Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 8, Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b,” or the department in its discretion decides to include the reasons;
f. A brief explanation of the principal reasons for the failure to provide for waivers to the rule if no waiver provision is included and a brief explanation of any waiver or special exceptions provided in the rule if the reasons are required by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 8, Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b,” or the department in its discretion decides to include the reasons; and
ITEM 7. Amend the implementation clause following 441—Chapter 3 as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, and Iowa Code section 25B.6.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 441—4.1(17A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—4.1(17A) Petition for rule making. Any person or state agency may file a petition for rule making with the department at the Bureau Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, 1305 East Walnut, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114. A petition is deemed filed when it is received by that office. The department must provide the petitioner with a file–stamped copy of the petition if the petitioner provides the department an extra copy for this purpose. The petition must be typewritten or legibly handwritten in ink and must substantially conform to the following form:
ITEM 9. Amend rule 441—4.3(17A) as follows:
441—4.3(17A) Inquiries. Inquiries concerning the status of a petition for rule making may be made to Rules Coordinator Administrator, Bureau Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, 1305 East Walnut, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114.
ITEM 10. Amend the implementation clause following 441—Chapter 4 as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.7 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 11.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 441—5.1(17A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—5.1(17A) Petition for declaratory order. Any person may file a petition with the department for a declaratory order as to the applicability to specified circumstances of a statute, rule, or order within the primary jurisdiction of the department at the Bureau Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, 1305 East Walnut, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114. A petition is deemed filed when it is received by that office. The department shall provide the petitioner with a file–stamped copy of the petition if the petitioner provides the department an extra copy for this purpose. The petition must be typewritten or legibly handwritten in ink and should substantially conform to the following form:
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 5.3(3), introductory paragraph, as follows:
5.3(3) Filing and form of petition for intervention. A petition for intervention shall be filed at the bureau office of policy analysis. A petition is deemed filed when it is received by that office. The department shall provide the petitioner with a file–stamped copy of the petition for intervention if the petitioner provides an extra copy for this purpose. A petition for intervention must be typewritten or legibly handwritten in ink and should substantially conform to the following form:
ITEM 13. Amend rule 441—5.5(17A) as follows:
441—5.5(17A) Inquiries. Inquiries concerning the status of a declaratory order proceeding may be made to the Rules Coordinator Administrator, Bureau Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, 1305 East Walnut, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114.
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 5.6(2) as follows:
5.6(2) Filing. All petitions for declaratory orders, petitions for intervention, briefs, or other papers in a proceeding for a declaratory order shall be filed with the Bureau Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, 1305 East Walnut, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114. All documents are considered filed upon receipt.
ITEM 15. Amend subrule 5.8(1) as follows:
5.8(1) Time frames for action. Within 30 days after receipt of a petition for a declaratory order, the director or the director’s designee shall take action on the petition as required by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 13, subsection 5 Iowa Code section 17A.9(5).
ITEM 16. Amend subrule 5.9(1), introductory paragraph, as follows:
5.9(1) Reasons for refusal to issue order. The department shall not issue a declaratory order where prohibited by 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 13, subsection 1, Iowa Code section 17A.9(1) and may refuse to issue a declaratory order on some or all questions raised for the following reasons:
ITEM 17. Amend the implementation clause following 441—Chapter 5 as follows:
These rules are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 13 Iowa Code section 17A.9.
ARC 1227B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 11, “Overpayments,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments add a preamble explaining the purpose of 441—Chapter 11 regarding the collection of overpayments. The Department is adopting this preamble in response to comments received from Legal Services Corporation of Iowa during the rules review process mandated by Executive Order Number 8. In addition, a reference to the Transitional Child Care program is removed, as the program no longer exists.
These amendments do not provide for waivers because the amendments are merely technical in nature.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or before January 30, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 217.34 and 421.17(21).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 441—Chapter 11 by adopting the following new Preamble:

PREAMBLE

These rules define the department’s policies regarding the collection of overpayments. These rules outline what information must be maintained for each claim for an overpayment and how the payments are to be applied. These rules also outline the criteria for withholding part or all of federal or state refunds or other state payments owed to the debtor and how they are applied to the debtor’s claim for the overpayment.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—11.1(217,421), definition of “public assistance,” as follows:
“Public assistance” shall mean family investment program, food stamps, medical assistance, state supplemental assistance, PROMISE JOBS, transitional child care, child care assistance, and refugee cash assistance.
ARC 1233B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 217.6 and 249A.4 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 1, and section 49, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 51, “Eligibility,” Chapter 52, “Payment,” and Chapter 75, “Conditions of Eligibility,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments make adjustments to the State Supplementary Assistance and Medicaid programs based on annual cost–of–living adjustments. Specifically, these amendments make the following changes:
The limit on the income of a dependent relative for purposes of a dependent relative allowance under the State Supplementary Assistance program is increased by 2.6 percent from $266 per month to $273 per month. This increase is based on the January 1, 2002, Supplemental Security Income (SSI) program cost–of–living adjustment. The Department of Human Services has received confirmation from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services that the SSI cost–of–living adjustment effective January 1, 2002, will be 2.6 percent.
The amount deducted to cover costs in determining earned income from furnishing room and board or providing family life home care for State Supplementary Assistance purposes is also increased by 2.6 percent, from $266 per month to $273 per month, based on the January 1, 2002, SSI cost–of–living adjustment.
The assistance standards for State Supplementary Assistance for persons living in a protective living arrangement are increased from a total of $613.20 per month ($538.20 care allowance and $75 personal allowance) to $627.20 per month ($550.20 care allowance and $77 personal allowance). The total assistance standard is equal to the SSI maximum benefit rate plus a maximum state payment of $82.20. The maximum SSI benefit rate will be increased by 2.6 percent from $531 to $545, and the maximum state payment is not changed, resulting in the new total of $627.20. The personal assistance portion of this total is based on an allowance for personal expenses and average Medicaid copayment expenses. The allowance for personal expenses is increased by 2.6 percent from $69 to $70, based on the SSI cost–of–living adjustment, and the average Medicaid copayment is increased from $6 to $7, based on average Medicaid copayment expenditures in state fiscal year 2001, resulting in a total increase in the personal allowance from $75 to $77. The new care allowance of $550.20 is the difference between the new total ($627.20) and the new personal allowance ($77).
The assistance standards for State Supplementary Assistance for dependent relative allowances are increased as follows:

OLD
NEW
Aged or disabled client and a
dependent relative
$797
$818
Aged or disabled client, eligible
spouse, and a dependent relative
$1062
$1090
Blind client and a dependent
relative
$819
$840
Blind client, aged or disabled
spouse, and a dependent relative
$1084
$1112
Blind client, blind spouse, and a
dependent relative
$1106
$1134
These amounts are based on the SSI benefit rate for an individual or couple, plus an allowance for the needs for the dependent, plus a blind allowance for a blind client and a blind spouse. The SSI benefit rates are being increased by 2.6 percent, from $531 for an individual and $796 for a couple to $545 for an individual and $817 for a couple. The allowance for a dependent is also being increased by 2.6 percent from $266 to $273. However, the blind allowance remains unchanged at $22.
The deduction from income for personal expenses and Medicaid copayments for purposes of determining the amount of payments for residential care under the State Supplementary Assistance program is increased from $75 to $77. The current amount is based on $69 for personal expenses and $6 for Medicaid copayments. The Seventy-ninth General Assembly in 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 1, directed the department to increase the personal expense portion of this deduction by the same percentage and at the same time as federal SSI and social security benefits are increased due to cost–of–living adjustments. Thus, the $69 for personal expenses is increased by 2.6 percent, from $69 to $70. The $6 for Medicaid copayments is increased to $7, based on average Medicaid copayment expenses in state fiscal year 2001.
For purposes of determining the Medicaid eligibility of an institutionalized spouse, the maximum amount of resources to be attributed to the community spouse is increased from $87,000 to $89,280, and the maintenance needs allowance for the community spouse is increased from $2175 per month to $2232 per month. These amounts are indexed annually by the consumer price index, and the department has received notice of these increases from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
The substance of these amendments is also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is published herein as ARC 1234B. The purpose of this Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is incorporated by reference.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0114, on or before January 30, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 249.3, 249.4, and 249A.4 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 1.
ARC 1228B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” and Chapter 79, “Other Policies Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments make the following changes to Medicaid policy governing dental services. The changes:
Remove the requirement to submit with a claim documentation supporting the need for oral prophylaxis performed more than once in a six–month period. The dentist must maintain the documentation. It is more cost–effective to review documentation of necessity through the utilization review process than through review of every claim.
Allow an exception to the six–month limit for topical application of fluoride and for coverage for sealants for persons with a physical or mental disability. Exceptions to policy for persons with a physical or mental disability are routinely approved.
Increase coverage for sealants for children from 15 years of age to 18 years of age. The clinical consensus is that there are frequently situations where first and second permanent molars do not develop until after age 15.
Remove the restriction on coverage for sealants to one application per tooth in a child’s lifetime. Exceptions to policy for children are routinely approved.
Allow a comprehensive oral evaluation once per patient per dentist every three years instead of once in a lifetime. The Dental Advisory Group and the dental consultant advised that a more extensive evaluation is medically necessary and cost–effective after an extended absence from seeing the same dentist.
Remove and revise outdated terminology and misspelled words identified during the rules review process.
Allow for the payment of more than two laboratory–fabricated crowns using nonprecious materials other than stainless steel per 12–month period with prior authorization. Exceptions to policy have routinely been approved. The prior authorization process is a more efficient method of review for additional porcelain crowns.
Allow payment for noble metals such as gold when recipients are allergic to all other restorative materials.
Remove coverage for Class III restorations as they are no longer performed.
Clarify billing for periodontal procedures in response to an appeal hearing.
Remove the 24–month limit on payment for periodontal scaling and root planing. It is cost–effective to approve this more frequently.
Remove the requirement to submit a treatment plan, periodontal probe chart, and radiographs for prior approval for pedicle soft tissue grafts and free soft tissue grafts. The Department’s dental consultant has advised that written narrative is sufficient to determine medical necessity for these procedures.
Clarify that resorption is not a criteria for replacement of dentures in less than five years. The Department of Inspections and Appeals requested this clarification.
Identify the definitions in the most recent edition of the Dentist’s Current Dental Terminology as the basis for the fee schedule for dentists.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because they either confer benefits or merely clarify and update the rules. Individuals may request a waiver of requirements for payment for dental services under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441— 1.8(17A,217).
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or before January 30, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—78.4(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 78.4(1), paragraphs “a,” “b,” and “c,” as follows:
a. Oral prophylaxis, including necessary scaling and polishing, is payable only once in a six–month period except for persons who, because of physical or mental disability, need more frequent care. Documentation supporting the need for oral prophylaxis performed more than once in a six–month period must accompany the claim be maintained.
b. Topical application of fluoride is payable once in a six–month period except for persons who, because of physical or mental disability, need more frequent applications, and only when preceded by an oral prophylaxis. (This does not include the use of fluoride prophylaxis paste as fluoride treatment.)
c. Pit and fissure sealants are payable for placement on first and second permanent molars only. Reimbursement for sealants is restricted to work performed on children through 15 18 years of age for first and second permanent molars and on persons who have a physical or mental disability that impairs their ability to maintain adequate oral hygiene. Payment will be approved for only one application per tooth in a child’s lifetime.
Amend subrule 78.4(2), paragraphs “a” and “h,” as follows:
a. An initial oral examination A comprehensive oral evaluation is payable once per patient per dentist in a three–year period.
h. Posteroanterior Posterior–anterior and lateral skull and facial bone radiograph, survey film.
Amend subrule 78.4(3) as follows:
Amend paragraphs “b,” “c,” and “d” as follows:
b. Amalgam alloy, silicate, acrylic or and compositeresin–type filling materials are payable benefits of the program.
c. Composite resin– or plastic–type fillings on posterior teeth are payable benefits only as Class V restorations, i.e., facial (buccal) surfaces and, as Class I restorations, i.e., occlusal surfaces. Class I restorations are reimbursable only once for the same caries in a two–year period.
d. Two laboratory–fabricated crowns utilizing using nonprecious materials, other than stainless steel, are payable per patient in a 12–month period. Additional laboratory–fabricated crowns using nonprecious materials, other than stainless steel, are payable when prior authorization has been obtained. Two gold crowns are payable in a 12–month period when patients are allergic to all other restoration material. Noble metals are payable for crowns when recipients are allergic to all other restorative materials. Stainless steel crowns may be are payable when a more conservative pro–cedure would not be serviceable. (Cross–reference 78.28(2)“e”)
Amend paragraph “f” by rescinding and reserving subparagraph (4).
Amend subrule 78.4(4) as follows:
Amend paragraphs “a,” “b,” and “c” as follows:
a. Periodontal scaling performed in the presence of gingival inflammation (gross debridement) Full mouth debridement to enable comprehensive periodontal evaluation and diagnosis is payable once every 24 months. This procedure is not payable on the same date of service when other prophylaxis or periodontal services are performed.
b. Periodontal scaling and root planing is payable once in a 24–month period and when prior approval has been received. A request for approval must be accompanied by a plan for treatment, a completed copy of a periodontic probe chart which that exhibits pocket depths, history and radiograph(s). Payment for periodontal scaling and root planing will be approved when interproximal and subgingival calculus is evident in X–rays or when justified and documented that curettage, scaling or root planing is required in addition to routine prophylaxis. (Cross–reference 78.28(2)“c a”(1))
c. Periodontal surgical procedures which include gingivoplasty, osseous surgery, and osseous allograft, pedicle soft tissue graft, and free soft tissue graft are payable services when prior approval has been received. A request for approval must be accompanied by a plan for treatment, a completed copy of a periodontal probe chart which that exhibits pocket depths, history and radiograph(s). Payment for these surgical procedures will be approved after periodontal scaling and root planing have been provided, a reevaluation examination has been completed, and the patient has demonstrated reasonable oral hygiene, unless the patient is unable to demonstrate reasonable oral hygiene because of physical or mental disability or in cases which demonstrate gingival hyperplasia resulting from drug therapy. (Cross–reference 78.28(2)“c a”(2))
Reletter paragraphs “d” and “e” as “e” and “f,” respectively, and adopt the following new paragraph “d”:
d. Pedicle soft tissue graft and free soft tissue graftare payable services with prior approval based on a written narrative describing medical necessity. (Cross–reference 78.28(2)“c”(3))
Amend relettered paragraph “e,” parenthetical cross–reference, as follows:
(Cross–reference 78.28(2)“a”(3 4))
Amend subrule 78.4(7), paragraphs “a,” “b,” and “c,” as follows:
a. An immediate denture and a first–time complete denture including six months’ postdelivery care. An immediate denture and a first–time complete denture are payable when the denture is provided to establish masticatory function. An immediate denture or a first–time complete denture is payable only once following the removal of teeth it replaces. A complete denture is payable only once in a five–year period except when the denture is broken beyond repair, lost or stolen, or no longer fits due to growth or changes in jaw structure and is required to prevent significant dental problems. Replacement of complete dentures due to resorption in less than a five–year period is not payable.
b. A removable partial denture replacing anterior teeth, including six months’ postdelivery care. A removable partial denture replacing anterior teeth is only payable only once in a five–year period unless the removable partial denture is broken beyond repair, lost or stolen, or no longer fits due to growth or changes in jaw structure and is required to prevent significant dental problems. Replacement of a removable partial denture replacing anterior teeth due to resorption in less than a five–year period is not payable.
c. A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth including six months’ postdelivery care when prior approval has been received. A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth shall be approved when the recipient has fewer than eight posterior teeth in occlusion or the recipient has a full denture in one arch, and a partial denture replacing posterior teeth is required in the opposing arch to balance occlusion. When one removable partial denture brings eight posterior teeth in occlusion, no additional removable partial denture will be approved. A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth is payable only once in a five–year period unless the removable partial denture is broken beyond repair, lost or stolen, or no longer fits due to growth or changes in jaw structure and is required to prevent significant dental problems. Replacement of a removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth due to resorption in less than a five–year period is not payable. (Cross–reference 78.28(2)“c”(1))
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 78.28(2) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a” as follows:
Amend subparagraph (2) as follows:
(2) Payment for pedicle soft tissue graft and free soft tissue graft will be approved when the written narrative describes medical necessity. Payment for other periodontal surgical procedures will be approved after periodontal scaling and root planing has have been provided, a reevaluation examination has been completed, and the patient has demonstrated reasonable oral hygiene, unless the patient is unable to demonstrate reasonable oral hygiene because of physical or mental disability or in cases which demonstrate gingival hyperplasia resulting from drug therapy. (Cross–reference 78.4(4)“c”)
Renumber subparagraph (3) as subparagraph (4) and adopt the following new subparagraph (3):
(3) Payment for pedicle soft tissue graft and free soft tissue graft will be approved when the written narrative describes medical necessity. (Cross–reference 78.4(4)“d”)
Amend renumbered subparagraph (4), parenthetical cross–reference, as follows:
(Cross–reference 78.4(4)“d e”)
Amend paragraph “c,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth will be approved when the recipient has fewer than eight posterior teeth in occlusion or the recipient has a full denture in one arch, and a partial denture replacing posterior teeth is required in the opposing arch to balance occlusion. When one removable partial denture brings eight posterior teeth in occlusion, no additional removable partial denture will be approved. A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth is payable only once in a five–year period unless the removable partial denture is broken beyond repair, lost or stolen, or no longer fits due to growth or changes in jaw structure, and is required to prevent significant dental problems. Replacement of a removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth due to resorption in less than a five–year period is not payable. (Cross–reference 78.4(7)“c”)
Adopt the following new paragraph “e”:
e. More than two laboratory–fabricated crowns will be approved in a 12–month period for anterior teeth that cannot be restored with a composite or amalgam restoration and for posterior teeth that cannot be restored with a composite or amalgam restoration or stainless steel crown. (Cross–reference 78.4(3)“d”)
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—79.1(249A) by adopting the following new subrule:
79.1(20) Dentists. The dental fee schedule is based on the definitions of dental and surgical procedures given in the Current Dental Terminology Third Edition (CDT–3).
ARC 1229B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments make the following changes to Medicaid policy governing optometric and optical services. The changes:
Delete an unnecessary reference to billing codes in the provider manual.
Combine single lens and multifocal lens services under one paragraph.
Establish limits for lenses and frames.
New lenses are subject to the following limitations:
1. Up to three times for children up to one year of age.
2. Up to four times per year for children one through three years of age.
3. Once every 12 months for children four through seven years of age.
4. Once every 24 months after eight years of age when there is a change in the prescription.
New frames are subject to the following limitations:
1. One frame every six months is allowed for children through three years of age.
2. One frame every 12 months is allowed for children four through six years of age.
3. When there is a prescribed lens change and the new lenses cannot be accommodated by the current frame.
Exceptions to policy are routinely approved for new frames for children who more quickly outgrow frames. It is cost–effective to provide new frames when the current frame cannot accommodate the new lenses.
Clarify and expand coverage for protective lenses and allow safety frames for some recipients.
Protective lenses are allowed for:
1. Children through seven years of age.
2. Recipients with vision in only one eye.
3. Recipients with a diagnosis–related illness or disability where regular lenses would pose a safety risk.
Exceptions to policy are routinely approved for protective lenses for small children and recipients with a diagnosis–related illness or disability where regular lenses would pose a safety risk. Protective lenses were previously allowed for recipients with vision in only one eye.
Safety frames are allowed for:
1. Children through seven years of age.
2. Recipients with a diagnosis–related disability or illness where regular frames would pose a safety risk.
Exceptions to policy are routinely approved for safety frames for small children and persons with a diagnosis–related disability or illness where regular frames would pose a safety risk.
Provide that payment shall be made for replacement of glasses when the original glasses have been lost or damaged beyond repair. Replacement of lost or damaged glasses for adults aged 21 and over is limited to once every 12 months. The service utilization review process revealed abuse of replacement glasses. It is cost–effective to establish limits.
Clarify that contact lenses are allowed for recipients with aphakia. Up to eight pairs of contact lenses are allowed for children up to one year of age with aphakia. Up to four pairs of contact lenses per year are allowed for children one to three years of age with aphakia. Small children with aphakia require more frequent lens correction.
Require prior approval for a second lens correction within a 24–month period only for recipients eight years of age and older. Exceptions to policy are routinely approved for additional lens corrections for children. Accurate vision is critical during early childhood development through age seven.
Clarify that safety frames are reimbursed by invoice. No fee schedule amount has been established for safety frames.
Clarify that visual therapy is not covered when provided by opticians.
Provide a cross–reference to the optometrist rules regarding payment and procedure for obtaining services and supplies in the optician rules rather than repeating the rules. The optician rules were outdated and inconsistent with covered optometric services. Opticians provide the same lens and frames services as optometrists. It is redundant to restate the coverage in a separate rule section.
Correct cross–references to the prior authorization rule.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because individuals may request a waiver of requirements for payment for optometric and optical services under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or before January 30, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—78.6(249A) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—78.6(249A) Optometrists. Payment will be approved for medically necessary services and supplies provided by the optometrist within the scope of practice of optometry and the limitations of state law, subject to the following limitations and exclusions. Covered optometric services include a professional component and materials. The specific codes to be used in billing for covered services are described in the Optometric Services Manual.
Amend subrule 78.6(1) as follows:
Amend paragraph “d” as follows:
d. Single vision and multifocal lens service, verification and subsequent service.
(1) When lenses are necessary, the following enumerated professional and technical optometric services are to be provided:
(1) 1. Ordering of corrective lenses.
(2) 2. Verification of lenses after fabrication.
(3) 3. Adjustment and alignment of completed lens order.
(2) New lenses are subject to the following limitations:
1. Up to three times for children up to one year of age.
2. Up to four times per year for children one through three years of age.
3. Once every 12 months for children four through seven years of age.
4. Once every 24 months after eight years of age when there is a change in the prescription.
(3) Protective lenses are allowed for:
1. Children through seven years of age.
2. Recipients with vision in only one eye.
3. Recipients with a diagnosis–related illness or disability where regular lenses would pose a safety risk.
Rescind and reserve paragraph “e.”
Amend paragraph “f” as follows:
f. Frame service.
(1) When a new frame is necessary, the following enumerated professional and technical optometric services are to be provided:
(1) 1. Selection and styling.
(2) 2. Sizing and measurements.
(3) 3. Fitting and adjustment.
(4) 4. Readjustment and servicing.
(2) New frames are subject to the following limitations:
1. One frame every six months is allowed for children through three years of age.
2. One frame every 12 months is allowed for children four through six years of age.
3. When there is a prescribed lens change and the new lenses cannot be accommodated by the current frame.
(3) Safety frames are allowed for:
1. Children through seven years of age.
2. Recipients with a diagnosis–related disability or illness where regular frames would pose a safety risk.
Rescind and reserve paragraph “g.”
Amend paragraphs “h” and “i” as follows:
h. Repairs or replacement of frames, lenses or component parts. Payment shall be made for service in addition to materials. The service fee shall not exceed the dispensing fee for a replacement frame. Payment shall be made for replacement of glasses when the original glasses have been lost or damaged beyond repair. Replacement of lost or damaged glasses for adults aged 21 and over is limited to once every 12 months.
i. Fitting of contact lenses when required following cataract surgery, or documented keratoconus, aphakia, or for treatment of acute or chronic eye disease. Up to eight pairs of contact lenses are allowed for children up to one year of age with aphakia. Up to four pairs of contact lenses per year are allowed for children one to three years of age with aphakia.
Amend subrule 78.6(3) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
78.6(3) Reimbursement. The reimbursement for allowed ophthalmic material is subject to a fee schedule established by the department or to actual laboratory cost as evidenced by an attached invoice. All fees shall be reviewed annually by the department.
Amend paragraph “b,” subparagraph (4), as follows:
(4) Protective lenses for a person with only one eye even if a corrective lens is not required and safety frames.
Amend subrule 78.6(4), paragraphs “a” and “b,” as follows:
a. A second lens correction within a 24–month period for recipients eight years of age and older. Approval shall be given when the recipient’s vision has at least a five–tenths diopter of change in sphere or cylinder or ten–degree change in axis in either eye. (Cross–reference 78.28(3))
b. Visual therapy may be authorized when warranted by case history or diagnosis for a period of time not greater than 90 days. Should continued therapy be warranted, the prior approval process shall be reaccomplished, accompanied by a report showing satisfactory progress. Approved diagnoses are convergence insufficiency and amblyopia. Visual therapy is not covered when provided by opticians.
Adopt the following new parenthetical cross–reference at the end of the subrule:
(Cross–reference 78.28(3))
Amend subrule 78.6(5), paragraph “e,” as follows:
e. Contact lenses if vision is correctable with noncontact lenses. except as found at paragraph 78.6(1)“i.”
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—78.7(249A) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—78.7(249A) Opticians. Payment will be approved only for certain services and supplies provided by opticians when prescribed by a physician (MD or DO) or an optometrist. Payment and procedure for obtaining services and supplies shall be the same as described in rule 441—78.6(249A). (Cross–reference 78.28(3))
Rescind and reserve subrules 78.7(1) through 78.7(3).
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 78.28(3) as follows:
Amend paragraphs “a” and “b” as follows:
a. A second lens correction within a 24–month period for recipients eight years of age and older. Payment will shall be approved made when the recipient’s vision has at leasta five–tenths diopter of change in sphere or cylinder or ten–degree change in axis in either eye.
b. Visual therapy may be authorized when warranted by case history or diagnosis for a period of time not greater than 90 days. Should continued therapy be warranted, the prior approval process should be reaccomplished, accompanied by a report showing satisfactory progress. Approved diagnoses are convergence insufficiency and amblyopia. Visual therapy is not covered when provided by opticians.
Amend the first unnumbered paragraph as follows:
For all of the above, the optometrist shall furnish sufficient information to clearly establish that these procedures are necessary in terms of the visual condition of the patient. (Cross–references 78.6(2 4), 441—78.7(249A), and 78.1(18))
ARC 1223B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 80, “Procedure and Method of Payment,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments revise Medicaid policy governing submittal of provider claims as follows. The revisions:
Correct form names and numbers and terminology.
Allow ambulance services to bill electronically when the procedures performed are identified by codes that Medicare recognizes as emergency services and the codes support medical necessity without a review by the fiscal agent.
Require pharmacies to use the format prescribed by the National Council for Prescription Drug Programs (NCPDP) when filing electronic claims.
Require Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facilities, nursing facilities for the mentally ill, special population nursing facilities, out–of–state nursing facilities, and skilled nursing facilities to submit claims on Form UB–92 HCFA–1450. All other nursing facilities and intermediate care facilities for the mentally retarded shall file claims on Form 470–0039.
Clarify that only rehabilitative treatment providers serving persons under the age of 21 submit claims on Form 470–0020, Purchase of Service Provider Invoice.
Add a provision that claims submitted electronically after implementation of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 shall be filed on the ASC X12N 837, Health Care Claim. Hospitals and nursing homes shall use the institutional version. Dentists shall use the dental version. All other providers, except pharmacists providing drugs and injections, shall use the professional version. Pharmacists when providing drugs and injections shall use the format prescribed by the National Council for Prescription Drug Programs (NCPDP). The department shall send all providers written notice when the Act is implemented.
These amendments do not provide for waivers for provider billing because the state could not meet the federal requirement for payment of 90 percent of “clean claims” within 30 days without standard formats for filing claims.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or before January 30, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 80.2(2) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph and paragraphs “a,” “b,” “h,” “i,” “o,” “s,” “u,” “ac,” “ag,” and “an” as follows:
80.2(2) Claims for payment for services provided to recipients who are not Medicare beneficiaries shall be submitted on the following forms except for the exceptions noted below:
a. Ambulance services shall submit claims on Form XIX AMB–1 HCFA–1500, Ambulance Claim Health Insurance Claim Form, and may bill electronically when the procedures performed are identified by codes that Medicare recognizes as emergency services and the codes support medical necessity without a review by the fiscal agent.
b. Audiologists and hearing aid dealers providers shall submit claims on HCFA–1500, Health Insurance Claim Form.
h. Home health agencies shall submit claims on Form UB–82– 92 HCFA–1450.
i. Hospitals providing inpatient care or outpatient services, including inpatient psychiatric hospitals, shall submit claims on Form UB–82– 92 HCFA–1450.
o. Pharmacies shall submit claims on the Universal Pharmacy Claim Form when filing paper claims. When filing electronic claims, the pharmacy shall use the format prescribed by the National Council for Prescription Drug Programs (NCPDP).
s. Rehabilitation agencies shall submit claims on Form UB–82– 92 HCFA–1450.
u. Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facilities, nursing facilities for the mentally ill, special population nursing facilities as defined in rule 441—81.6(249A), out–of–state nursing facilities, and skilled nursing facilities shall submit claims on Form UB–82– 92 HCFA–1450. All other nursing facilities and intermediate care facilities for the mentally retarded shall file claims on Form 470–0039.
ac. Psychiatric medical institutions for children shall submit claims on Form UB–82– 92 HCFA–1450.
ag. Hospice providers shall submit claims on Form UB–82– 92 HCFA–1450.
an. Rehabilitative treatment service providers serving persons under the age of 21 shall submit claims on Form AA–2241–0 470–0020, Purchase of Service Provider Invoice, pursuant to rule 441—185.121(234).
Rescind and reserve paragraph “am.”
Adopt the following new paragraphs at the end of subrule 80.2(2):
EXCEPTION: Providers who send an Explanation of Medicare Benefits or a crossover claim for Medicare beneficiaries to the fiscal agent are exempt from filing these forms for those beneficiaries.
EXCEPTION: Claims submitted electronically after implementation of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 shall be filed on the ASC X12N 837, Health Care Claim. Hospitals and nursing homes shall use the institutional version. Dentists shall use the dental version. All other providers, except pharmacists providing drugs and injections, shall use the professional version. Pharmacists providing drugs and injections shall use the format prescribed by the National Council for Prescription Drug Programs (NCPDP). The department shall send all providers written notice when the Act is implemented.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—80.4(249A) as follows:
441—80.4(249A) Time limit for submission of claims and claim adjustments.
80.4(1) Submission of claims. Payment will not be made on any claim where the amount of time that has elapsed between the date the service was rendered and the date the initial claim is received by the fiscal agent exceeds 365 days. except that payment for The department shall consider claims submitted beyond the 365–day limit shall be considered for payment only if retroactive eligibility on newly approved cases is made which that exceeds 365 days or if attempts to collect from a third–party payer delay the submission of a claim.
EXCEPTION: Rehabilitative treatment service providers serving persons under the age of 21 shall submit claims pursuant to rule 441—185.121(234).
80.4(2) Claim adjustments. A provider’s request for an adjustment to a paid claim must be received by the fiscal agent within one year from the date the claim was paid in order to have the adjustment considered.
EXCEPTION: Rehabilitative treatment service providers serving persons under the age of 21 shall have claim adjustments processed pursuant to rule 441—185.121(234).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 249A.3, 249A.4 and 249A.12.
ARC 1224B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 85, “Services in Psychiatric Institutions,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments revise policy governing psychiatric institutions to:
Allow facilities to be accredited by the Joint Commission on the Accreditation of Health Care Organizations or by any other federally recognized accrediting organization that has comparable standards or surveys and is approved by the Department of Inspections and Appeals.
Match payment policy to revised hospital payment policy.
Update legal and organizational references and a form number.
These needed corrections were identified while the Department was completing the rule assessment mandated by Executive Order Number 8.
These amendments do not provide for waivers because the amendments are merely technical in nature.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or before January 30, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—85.1(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 85.1(1), introductory paragraph and paragraph “a,” subparagraphs (3) and (5), as follows:
85.1(1) Psychiatric hospitals serving persons aged 65 and older. A psychiatric hospital serving persons aged 65 and older shall meet the federal criteria for an institution for mental disease and shall be licensed pursuant to department ofinspections and appeals rule 481—51.33(135B) 481— 51.36(135B). An out–of–state facility shall be licensed as a psychiatric hospital, shall meet the federal criteria for an institution for mental disease, and shall be certified to participate in the Medicare program. An institution is an institution for mental disease only if its overall character is that of a facility established and maintained primarily for the care and treatment of persons with mental diseases. The following guidelines are used by the department in evaluating the overall character of a facility. These guidelines are all useful in identifying institutions for mental disease; however, no single guideline is necessarily determinative in any given case.
(3) Is accredited as a psychiatric facility by the joint commission on the accreditation of health care organizations or by any other federally recognized accrediting organization that has comparable standards or surveys and is approved by the department of inspections and appeals.
(5) Is under the jurisdiction of the division of mental health, mental retardation, or developmental disabilities behavioral, developmental, and protective services for families, adults, and children of the department.
Amend subrule 85.1(2) as follows:
85.1(2) Psychiatric hospitals serving persons under the age of 21. A psychiatric hospital serving persons under the age of 21 shall be licensed pursuant to department of inspections and appeals rule 481—51.33(135B) 481—51.36(135B) or shall be licensed in another state as a hospital, shall be accredited by the joint commission on the accreditation of health care organizations or by any other federally recognized accrediting organization that has comparable standards or surveys and is approved by the department of inspections and appeals, and shall meet federal service requirements.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—85.2(249A) as follows:
441—85.2(249A) Out–of–state placement. Placement in an out–of–state psychiatric hospital for acute care requires prior approval by the division of medical services bureau of managed care and clinical services and shall be approved only if special services are not available in Iowa facilities as determined by the division of mental health, mental retardation, and developmental disabilities behavioral, developmental, and protective services for families, adults, and children.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 85.6(2), paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. A Case Activity Report, Form AA–4166–0 470–0042, shall be submitted to the department whenever a Medicaid applicant or recipient enters the facility, changes level of care, is hospitalized in a general hospital, leaves for visitation, or is discharged from the facility.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 85.7(1) by amending paragraphs “b,” “e,” and “f,” as follows and rescinding and reserving paragraph “g”:
b. Allowable costs are those defined as allowable in 42 CFR, Subpart A, Sections 413.5, and 413.9, and 413.30, as amended to December 2, 1996, and 42 CFR 447.250 as amended to October 1, 1991 September 23, 1992. Only those costs are considered in calculating the Medicaid inpatient reimbursement.
e. Each participating Medicaid provider shall file a HCFA 2552 Medicare Cost Report or a substitute accepted by the Health Care Financing Administration Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. In addition, supplemental information sheets are furnished to all Medicaid providers to be filed with the annual cost report. This report must be filed with the fiscal agent for Iowa within 90 150 days after the close of the hospital’s fiscal year.
f. Compensation for a disproportionate share of indigent patients is added to the facility’s computed per diem rate if the facility qualifies for the disproportionate payment determined as described in 441—subrule 79.1(5). A hospital qualifies for disproportionate–share payment when the hospital’s inpatient Medicaid utilization rate, defined as the number of Medicaid days plus indigent care inpatient days divided by the total number of inpatient days, exceeds one standard deviation above the Iowa average Medicaid utilization rate for psychiatric hospitals or the hospital’s low–income utilization rate as defined at 441—paragraph 79.1(5)“e” is 25 percent or greater.
ARC 1225B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 153, “Social Services Block Grant and Funding for Local Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments revise policy governing social services block grants to:
Correct the allocation methodology for volunteer services. Administrative support dollars which are used for volunteer services are allocated among the five regions based on a four–part formula: 25 percent of the total volunteer budget divided equally among the five regions, 25 percent divided among regions based on their poverty population percentage, 25 percent based on the general population percentage, and 25 percent based on the historical volunteer service performance (number of volunteer hours generated in the previous two–year period).
Remove obsolete policy regarding advisory committees and federal flood relief funds.
Correct rule and organizational references and mailing addresses.
Update terminology and implementation clauses.
These needed corrections were identified while the Department was completing the rule assessment mandated by Executive Order Number 8.
These amendments do not provide for waivers because the amendments are merely technical in nature.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or before January 30, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 234.6.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 441—Chapter 153, Division I, Preamble, as follows:

PREAMBLE

This division sets forth the requirements for reporting required for receipt of federal social services block grant (SSBG) funds and service availability and allocation methodology related to those funds. Also specified is information on advisory committees established by the department to assist in decision making on the use of SSBG funds.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—153.1(234) as follows:
Amend the definition of “county administrative costs” as follows:
“County administrative costs” include the rent, utilities, and other related costs the county must pay to maintain a county social human services office. These costs are funded from state, federal and county sources.
Rescind the definition of “regional offices.”
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—153.2(234) as follows:
441—153.2(234) Development of preexpenditure report.
153.2(1) The department of human services shall develop the social services block grant preexpenditure report on an annual basis. The report shall be developed in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 45, Part 96, Subpart G, as amended to July 6, 1982 July 20, 2000. The report shall describe the services to be funded, in what areas services are available and the amount of funding available. The plan shall also indicate the source of funding.
153.2(2) The department shall issue a proposed preexpenditure report prior to publication of the final report. The proposed report shall be available for public review and comment in each district local office where the service area manager is based of the Iowa department of human services during regular business hours for a two–week period.
153.2(3) The time and scope of public review will be announced each year. The announcement will indicate the time the proposed report can be viewed. The department shall make this information available to the media, post signs in each district and local human services office and may publish ads in each district service area listing the time of review.
153.2(4) The department shall accept comments about the preexpenditure report during the specified public review and comment period. The advisory committees, individuals Individuals or groups may submit written comments to the region service area manager or to the Bureau of Purchased Purchase of Services, Iowa Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 E. Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114. Public hearings may be arranged by the regional administrator service area manager at which time testimony will be accepted.
153.2(5) No change.
153.2(6) A copy of the final preexpenditure report will be available in each district local office where the service area manager is based.
ITEM 4. Amend subrules 153.3(2) and 153.3(3) as follows:
153.3(2) An amendment in the preexpenditure report will be posted in the district and local offices affected by the amendment at least 30 days prior to the effective date of the change. However, in the event funding for the service has been exhausted, an amendment shall be posted immediately notifying the public that the service will no longer be available. The district administrator service area manager will, whenever possible, give advance notice of a service termination made necessary because funds have been exhausted. When a service is added or extended, an amendment may be posted immediately and a 30–day posting period is not required.
153.3(3) The advisory committees, individuals Individuals or groups may submit written comments to the region service area manager or to the Bureau of Purchased Purchase of Services, Iowa Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 E. Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 441—153.5(234) as follows:
441—153.5(234) Allocation of block grant funds.
153.5(1) The amount of social services block grant dollars allocated to direct services shall be determined by estimating the cost of performing each direct service function. These estimates shall consider costs for direct staff salaries, administrative salaries and support costs, including data processing costs, rent, utilities, and similar items. The department will shall follow a cost allocation plan for determining the appropriate costs of the department’s central office to be funded with block grant money.
153.5(2) The amount of funding allocated to state purchase services shall be allocated to each region as follows:
a. The available family planning dollars shall be distributed among the regions eight service areas at 75 percent of the funds on the basis of poverty population and 25 percent of the funds on the basis of population of females aged 12 to 44 as reported in the 1990 census most current available census information for the state of Iowa.
b. The available foster care dollars shall be allocated among the regions eight service areas according to rules set forth in 441—Chapter 156. paragraph 156.20(1)“b.”
c. Administrative support dollars which are used for volunteer services shall be distributed allocated among the five regions eight service areas based on historical expenditures a four–part formula: 25 percent of the total volunteer budget divided equally among the eight service areas, 25 percent divided among the eight service areas based on their poverty population percentage, 25 percent based on the general population percentage, and 25 percent based on the historical volunteer service performance (number of volunteer hours generated in the previous two–year period).
153.5(3) The amount of funding available for county administration is determined by examining past utilization.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 234.6 and 1992 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2355, section 7, subsection 6, and sections 24 and 25.
ITEM 6. Rescind and reserve rules 441—153.7(234) and 441—153.8(234).

INSURANCE DIVISION
Notice of Workers’ Compensation Rate Filing
Pursuant to the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 515A, the National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc. (NCCI) submitted a rate filing on November 9, 2001. Notice of the filing was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 28, 2001. No request for a hearing on the rate filing was received.
The rate filing proposes that sole proprietors and partners that elect workers’ compensation coverage have the availability of selecting a payroll base within the minimum and maximum payroll base that applies to executive officers. Effective January 1, 2002, the minimum payroll will be $273 per week and the maximum is $2,200 per week for executive officers. This rule change would allow a sole proprietor or partner to select a payroll amount at or in between these limits based on what the sole proprietor or partner believes is more responsive to the benefit level needs or actual wage levels. Premium would be charged based on the amount selected.
Based on an independent review of the NCCI proposal, the Commissioner finds the proposed manual rates as amended not to be excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory.
It is ordered that the November 9, 2001, rate filing is approved to be effective January 1, 2002.
ARC 1265B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and 272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby amends Chapter 8, “Fees,” Chapter 9, “Permanent Physician Licensure,” and Chapter 10, “Resident, Special and Temporary Physician Licensure,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board approved the proposed amendments to Chapters 8 to 10 during its regularly held meeting on December 13, 2001.
The proposed amendments will raise the licensure fees for the following physician licenses: initial and renewed permanent licenses and initial and renewed resident physician licenses. The renewed permanent licensure fee will be different for those who apply on line and those who apply on a paper application.
Any interested person may present written comments on these proposed amendments not later than 4 p.m. on January 29, 2002. Such written materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4686 or E–mail ann.mowery@ibme.state.ia.us.


There will be a public hearing on January 29, 2002, at 9 a.m. in the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.80, 147.103A, and 148.5.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 8.4(1) and 8.4(2) as follows:
8.4(1) Fees for permanent licensure. For provisions for permanent licensure, see 653—Chapter 9, “Permanent Physician Licensure.” The following fees shall apply to permanent licensure.
a. Initial licensure, $400 425.
b. Reactivation of application for licensure, $150.
c. Renewal of an active license to practice via a paper application, $325 375 per biennial period or a prorated portion thereof if the current license was issued for a period of less than 24 months.
d. Renewal of an active license to practice via an on–line application, $350 per biennial period or a prorated portion thereof if the current license was issued for a period of less than 24 months.
d e. Penalty for failure to renew before expiration, $50 per calendar month after the expiration date of the license up to $100. For example, if the license expired on January 1, a penalty of $50 shall be charged for January and an additional $50, or a total of $100, shall be charged for renewal in February.
e f. There is no fee for placing a license on inactive status or allowing a license to become inactive.
f g. Reinstatement of a license to practice, $400.
8.4(2) Fees for resident physician licensure. For provisions for resident physician licensure, see 653—Chapter 10, “Resident, Special and Temporary Physician Licensure.” The following fees apply to resident physician licensure.
a. Application for a resident physician license, $75 100.
b. Renewal of a resident physician license, $25 50.
c. Late fee for a resident physician license, $25, to be paid in addition to the renewal fee.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 9.5(1) as follows:
9.5(1) Requirements. To apply for permanent licensure an applicant shall:
a. Pay a nonrefundable initial application fee of $400 425; and
b. Complete and submit forms provided by the board, including required credentials, documents and a sworn statement by the applicant attesting to the truth of all information provided by the applicant.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 9.11(3) as follows:
9.11(3) Renewal application requirements. A licensee seeking renewal shall submit a completed renewal application, including information on continuing education and mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse, and the required fee, not later than the expiration date on the current license.
a. Renewal of an active license to practice via a paper application, $325 375 per biennial period or a prorated portion thereof if the current license was issued for a period of less than 24 months.
b. Renewal of an active license to practice via an on–line application, $350 per biennial period or a prorated portion thereof if the current license was issued for a period of less than 24 months.
b c. The requirements for continuing education and mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse are found in 653—Chapter 11.
c d. The first renewal fee shall be prorated on a monthly basis according to the date of issuance and the physician’s month and year of birth, if the original permanent license was issued for a period of less than 24 months.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 10.3(3), paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Requirements. To apply for resident physician licensure, an applicant shall:
(1) Pay a nonrefundable application fee of $75 100; and
(2) Complete and submit forms provided by the board, including required credentials, documents and a sworn statement by the applicant attesting to the truth of all information provided by the applicant.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 10.3(6) as follows:
10.3(6) Renewal of a resident physician license.
a. No change.
b. The resident physician shall apply for renewal for one year by submitting the following:
(1) A completed renewal application that documents why the individual has not obtained a permanent license;
(2) The renewal fee of $25 50; and
(3) A statement from the director of the residency program about the individual’s progress in the program and whether any warnings have been issued, investigations conducted or disciplinary actions taken, whether by voluntary agreement or formal action.
No documentation of continuing medical education or mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse is required since a resident is in training.
c. No change.
d. To renew an inactive resident license, an applicant shall submit the following:
(1) The renewal application that documents why the individual has not obtained a permanent license;
(2) The renewal fee of $25 50;
(3) A $25 late fee; and
(4) A statement from the director of the residency program about the individual’s progress in the program and whether any warnings have been issued, investigations conducted or disciplinary actions taken, whether by voluntary agreement or formal action.
ARC 1264B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76, 272C.3, 272C.4, and 272C.5, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 12, “Mandatory Reporting and Grounds for Discipline,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board approved the proposed amendments during its regularly held meeting on December 13, 2001.
In Items 1 and 2, rule 653—12.1(272C) and subrule 12.2(2) are amended by adding language stating that a failure to report within the required 30–day period shall constitute a basis for the board to take disciplinary action. This change eliminates the need for the current rule 653—12.3(272C). Thus, in Item 3, rule 653—12.3(272C) is rescinded and new rule 12.3(148,272C) is adopted to define an order for mental or physical examination.
Any interested person may present written comments on the proposed chapter not later than 4 p.m. on January 29, 2002. Such written materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4686 or ann.mowery@ibme.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on January 29, 2002, at 9:30 a.m. in the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 148.6 and 272C.9.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 653—12.1(272C) as follows:
653—12.1(272C) Mandatory reporting—judgments or settlements. Each licensee, including licensees holding lapsed licenses, shall report to the board every adverse judgment in a malpractice action to which the licensee is a party and every settlement of claim against the licensee alleging malpractice. The report together with a copy of the judgment or settlement must be filed with the board within 30 days from the date of said judgment or settlement. Failure to report judgments or settlements in accordance with this rule within the required 30–day period shall constitute a basis for disciplinary action against the licensee who failed to report.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 12.2(2) as follows:
12.2(2) Reporting requirement. A report shall be filed with the board when a licensee has knowledge as defined in this rule that another person licensed by the board may have engaged in reportable conduct.
a. The report shall be filed with the board no later than 30 days from the date the licensee acquires knowledge of the reportable conduct.
b. The report shall contain the name and address of the licensee who may have engaged in the reportable conduct, the date, time, place and circumstances in which the conduct occurred, and a statement explaining how knowledge of the reportable conduct was acquired.
c. The final determination of whether or not wrongful acts or omissions have occurred is the responsibility of the board.
d. No licensee is required to report information deemed to be a confidential communication as a result of a physician–patient relationship or which is prohibited by state or federal statute.
e. Failure to report wrongful acts or omissions in accordance with this rule within the required 30–day period shall constitute a basis for disciplinary action against the licensee who failed to report.
ITEM 3. Rescind rule 653—12.3(272C) and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
653—12.3(148,272C) Order for mental or physical examination or alcohol or drug screening. A physician who is licensed by the board is, as a condition of licensure, under a duty to submit to a mental or physical examination, including alcohol or drug screening, within a time specified by order of the board. Such examination may be ordered upon a showing of probable cause and shall be at the physician’s expense.
12.3(1) Content of order. A board order for mental or physical examination shall include the following items:
a. A description of the type of examination to which the physician must submit.
b. The name and address of the examiner or evaluation or treatment facility that the board has identified to perform the examination on the physician.
c. The time period in which the physician must schedule the required examination.
d. The amount of time in which the physician has to complete the examination.
e. A requirement that the physician sign necessary releases for the board to communicate with the examiner or the evaluation or treatment facility.
f. A requirement that the physician cause a report of the examination results to be provided to the board within a specified period of time.
g. A requirement that the physician communicate with the board regarding the status of the examination.
12.3(2) Alternatives. Following issuance of the evaluation order, the physician may request additional time to schedule or complete the examination or to request the board to approve an alternative examiner or treatment facility. The board in its sole discretion shall determine whether to grant such a request.
12.3(3) Objection to order. A licensee who is the subject of a board order and who objects to the order may file a request for hearing. The request for hearing shall specifically identify the factual and legal issues upon which the licensee bases the objection. The hearing shall be considered a contested case proceeding and shall be governed by the provisions of rules 12.11(17A) to 12.43(272C). A contested case involving an objection to an examination order will be captioned in the name of Jane Doe or John Doe in order to maintain the licensee’s confidentiality.
12.3(4) Closed hearing. Any hearing on an objection to the board order shall be closed pursuant to Iowa Code section 272C.6(4).
12.3(5) Order and reports confidential. An examination order, and any subsequent examination reports issued in the course of a board investigation, are confidential investigative information pursuant to Iowa Code section 272C.6(4).
12.3(6) Admissibility. In the event the physician submits to evaluation and subsequent proceedings are held before the board, all objections shall be waived as to the admissibility of the evaluating physicians’ testimony or examination reports on the grounds that they constitute privileged communication. The medical testimony or examination reports shall not be used against the physician in any proceeding other than one relating to licensee discipline by the board.
12.3(7) Failure to submit. Failure of a physician to submit to a board–ordered mental or physical examination or to submit to alcohol or drug screening constitutes a violation of the rules of the board and is grounds for disciplinary action.
ARC 1266B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 13, “Standards of Practice and Professional Ethics,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment was approved at the December 13, 2001, regular meeting of the Board of Medical Examiners.
The proposed amendment requires physicians who utilize an automated dispensing system to provide the procedures utilized to ensure that patients receive (appropriate) counseling regarding the prescription drugs being dispensed via the dispensing system as part of the required internal quality control assurance plan.
Any interested person may present written comments on the proposed amendment not later than January 29, 2002, at 4 p.m. Such written materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4686 or ann.mowery@ibme.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on January 29, 2002, at 10 a.m. in the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 147.107 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 726, section 5, subsection 10, paragraph “i.”
The following amendment is proposed.

Amend subrule 13.6(1) as follows:
13.6(1) An internal quality control assurance plan shall include the following elements:
a. The name of the physician responsible for the internal quality assurance plan and testing;
b. Methods that the dispensing system employs, e.g., barcoding, to ensure the accuracy of the patient’s name and medication, dosage, directions and amount of medication prescribed;
c. Standards that the physician expects to be met to ensure the accuracy of the dispensing system and the training and qualifications of the staff members assigned to dispense via the dispensing system;
d. The procedures utilized to ensure that the physician(s) dispensing via the automated system provide(s) patients counseling regarding the prescription drugs being dispensed;
d e. Staff training and qualifications for dispensing via the dispensing system;
e f. A list of staff members who meet the qualifications who are assigned to dispense via the dispensing system;
f g. A plan for testing the dispensing system and each staff member assigned to dispense via the dispensing system;
g h. The results of testing that show compliance with the standards prior to implementation of the dispensing system and prior to approval of each staff member to dispense via the dispensing system;
h i. A plan for interval testing of the accuracy of dispensing, at least annually; and
i j. A plan for addressing inaccuracies, including discontinuing dispensing until the accuracy level can be reattained.
ARC 1256B
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6), the Natural Resource Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 28, “Snowmobile and All–Terrain Vehicle Registration Revenue Cost–Share Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of these amendments is to clarify the type of land acquisition projects that are eligible to receive ATV grant awards. This clarification is made by adding a definition for “previously disturbed” to rule 571—28.1(321G).
These amendments also expand on rule 571— 28.10(321G). This amendment is intended to make assurances that equipment purchased with ATV or snowmobile registration funds is used for the intended purpose as indicated in the original grant approval letter. The amendment will also allow the Department to hold the project sponsor accountable for the equipment by allowing the insertion of provisions in the formal grant agreement.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments on or before January 30, 2002. Such written materials should be directed to the Parks, Recreation and Preserves Division, Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034; fax (515)281–6794. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the Division at (515)281–6101 or TDD (515)242–5967 or at the Division offices on the fourth floor of the Wallace State Office Building.
There will be a public hearing on January 30, 2002, at 9 a.m. in the Fifth Floor West Conference Room of the Wallace State Office Building at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who intends to attend the public hearing and has special requirements such as those related to hearing or mobility impairments should contact the Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 321G.7.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 571—28.1(321G) by adopting the following new definition in alphabetical order:
“Previously disturbed” means an area where the plant community has been severely disturbed and has not recovered or the natural (native) plant biota is nearly gone. Such an area has been so heavily disturbed that the plant community structure has been severely altered and few or no higher plants of the original community remain. Examples are newly cleared land, cropland, improved pastureland, severely overgrazed second growth forest, rock–gravel quarries, mines, and sand pits.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 28.10(2) as follows:
28.10(2) Real property and equipment shall be disposed of as stipulated in the grant agreement under which it was they were acquired. Reimbursements from the sale of real property and equipment shall be credited to the appropriate snowmobile or all–terrain vehicle registration account from which the funding originated.
ARC 1284B
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
Notice of Termination
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6), the Natural Resource Commission hereby terminates the rule making initiated by its Notice of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 31, 2001, as ARC 1071B to amend Chapter 37, “Boating Safety Equipment,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Notice proposed to amend Chapter 37 to provide for mandatory changes for personal flotation devices as required by the U.S. Coast Guard.
The Department is terminating the rule making commenced in ARC 1071B as requested by the Natural Resource Commission on December 13, 2001.
ARC 1261B
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6), the Natural Resource Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 37, “Boating Safety Equipment,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These proposed amendments provide for additional specifications for inflatable flotation devices (PFDs) and personal flotation requirements for operators and passengers of personal watercraft. These changes are necessary to maintain consistency with current changes in federal regulations by the United States Coast Guard.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments on or before January 29, 2002. Such written materials should be directed to the Law Enforcement Bureau, Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034; fax (515)281–6794. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the Law Enforcement Bureau at (515)281–4515 or at the Law Enforcement Bureau offices on the fourth floor of the Wallace State Office Building.
There will be a public hearing on January 29, 2002, at9 a.m. in the Fourth Floor East Conference Room of the Wallace State Office Building at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who intends to attend the public hearing and has special requirements such as those related to hearing or mobility impairments should contact the Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 456A.24 and 462A.3.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 37.13(2) by adopting the following new paragraph “d”:
d. Type V PFD
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 37.13(3) by adopting the following new paragraph “d”:
d. Type V PFD
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 37.13(7) as follows:
37.13(7) Nonapproved devices. Any PFD which has a torn or missing strap, punctured flotation bag, waterlogged flotation material, rotted materials in straps or webbing or cover, missing laces, missing hardware, envelope torn or perforated, torn stitching or any other condition which impairs the operating efficiency, or any PFD on which the U.S. Coast Guard approval tag is no longer easily legible, or any inflatable device which has a discharged or otherwise inoperable gas cartridge shall be deemed as not approved for use on board vessels as equipment required by law.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 37.13(9) as follows:
37.13(9) Water skis and surfboards. Any person engaged in water skiing, surfboarding, or other similar activity, except for vessels known as windsurfers, shall wear a Type I, II, or III or any Type V personal flotation device approved by the U.S. Coast Guard. Inflatable devices are not approved for tow–behind activities. Skiers participating in a tournament or exhibition may be exempted from the personal flotation device requirement if the skiers are wearing wet suits with built–in flotation and granted a specific exemption in the special events permit issued by the natural resource commission. A flotation wet suit may include a full suit (top and bottom) or a form–fitting top as long as the top will float the wearer when air is expelled from the wearer’s lungs. A special event may include practice sessions if all practice sessions for the season are listed on the special event application. In that case, the application shall include a specific location, date and time for each practice session.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 571—37.13(462A) by adopting the following new subrule:
37.13(11) Personal watercraft. All operators and passengers of personal watercraft must wear a U.S. Coast Guard–approved Type I, II, III, or V personal flotation device. Inflatable personal flotation devices are not approved for use on personal watercraft.
ARC 1251B
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6), the Natural Resource Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 40, “Boating Speed and Distance Zoning,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments eliminate the current horsepower restrictions on Lake Icaria in Adams County and Three Mile Lake in Union County. The Adams County Conservation Board and Union County Conservation Board have petitioned the Department to remove the horsepower limit due to the newer manufactured boats with modern engines and higher horsepower ratings. The amendments also create a no–wake zone on a portion of the Mississippi River at the City of Marquette. The City of Marquette has petitioned the Department for a no–wake designation to slow boat traffic on the river and provide a safer condition for boaters and the general public.
Any interested persons may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments on or before January 29, 2002. Such written materials should be directed to the Law Enforcement Bureau, Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034; fax (515)281–6794. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the Law Enforcement Bureau at (515)281–4515 or at the Law Enforcement Bureau office on the fourth floor of the Wallace State Office Building.
There will be a public hearing on January 29, 2002, at 9:30 a.m. in the Fourth Floor East Conference Room of the Wallace State Office Building at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have special requirements such as those related to hearing or mobility impairments should contact the Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 462A.26.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 571—40.20(462A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
571—40.20(462A) Lake Icaria, Adams County—watercraft use. Motorboats of outboard or inboard–outdrive type with power not to exceed 300 horsepower shall be permitted on Lake Icaria. The following rules shall govern vessel operation on Lake Icaria in Adams County.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 571—40.44(462A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
571—40.44(462A) Three Mile Lake, Union County—watercraft use. Motorboats of outboard or inboard–outdrive type with power not to exceed 200 horsepower shall be permitted on Three Mile Lake. The following rules shall govern vessel operation on Three Mile Lake in Union County.
ITEM 3. Amend 571—Chapter 40 by adopting the following new rule:
571—40.48(462A) Zoning of the Mississippi River, Marquette, Clayton County.
40.48(1) All vessels, except commercial barge traffic, shall be operated at a no–wake speed within the area of river mile markers 634.5 and 634.9 and designated by buoys or other approved uniform waterway markers.
40.48(2) The city of Marquette will designate and maintain the no–wake zone with buoys approved by the natural resources commission.
ARC 1271B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Board of Mortuary Science Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind Chapter 101, “Board of Mortuary Science Examiners,” and adopt new Chapter 101, “Licensure of Funeral Directors”; amend Chapter 102, “Continuing Education for Funeral Directors”; adopt new Chapter 103, “Discipline for Funeral Directors,” and new Chapter 104, “Fees,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments rescind the current rules regarding licensure, discipline and fees, and adopt new chapters for licensure, discipline and fees.
The Division revised these rules according to Executive Order Number 8. The Division sent letters to the public for comment and two letters were received in return. Division staff also had input on these rules. The comments received were discussed by the Board and decisions were based on need, clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and fairness.
Any interested person may make written comments on the proposed amendments no later than January 30, 2002, addressed to Ella Mae Baird, Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
A public hearing will be held on January 30, 2002, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 147, 156 and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind 645—Chapter 101 and adopt the following new chapter in lieu thereof:

CHAPTER 101
LICENSURE OF FUNERAL DIRECTORS
645—101.1(156) Definitions. For purposes of these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Board” means the board of mortuary science examiners.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has failed to renew as required or the license of a person who failed to meet stated obligations for renewal within a stated time.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to practice as a funeral director in the state of Iowa.
“License expiration date” means the fifteenth day of the birth month every two years following initial licensure.
“Licensure by endorsement” means the issuance of an Iowa license to practice mortuary science to an applicant who is currently licensed in another state.
“Reciprocal license” means the issuance of an Iowa license to practice mortuary science to an applicant who is currently licensed in another state which has a mutual agreement with the Iowa board of mortuary science examiners to license persons who have the same or similar qualifications to those required in Iowa.
645—101.2(156) Requirements for licensure. The following criteria shall apply to licensure:
101.2(1) The applicant shall complete a board–approved application packet. Application forms may be obtained from the board’s Web site (http://www.idph.state.ia.us/licensure) or directly from the board office. All applications shall be sent to Board of Mortuary Science Examiners, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
101.2(2) The applicant shall complete the application form according to the instructions contained in the application. If the application is not completed according to the instructions, the application will not be reviewed by the board.
101.2(3) Each application shall be accompanied by the appropriate fees payable by check or money order to the Board of Mortuary Science Examiners. The fees are nonrefundable.
101.2(4) No application will be considered by the board until official copies of academic transcripts showing the completion of training in a college of mortuary science approved by the Iowa board of mortuary science examiners have been sent directly from the school to the board.
101.2(5) Licensees who were issued their initial licenses within six months prior to the renewal shall not be required to renew their licenses until the renewal month two years later.
101.2(6) Incomplete applications that have been on file in the board office for more than two years shall be:
a. Considered invalid and shall be destroyed; or
b. Maintained upon written request of the candidate. The candidate is responsible for requesting the file to be maintained.
645—101.3(156) Educational qualifications.
101.3(1) The applicant shall be issued a license to practice mortuary science by the board when the applicant has successfully completed:
a. A minimum of 60 hours as indicated on the transcript from a regionally accredited college or university with a minimum of a 2.0 or “C” grade point average. The 60 semester hours shall not include any technical mortuary science courses; and
b. A program in mortuary science from a school accredited by the American Board of Funeral Service Education.
101.3(2) Foreign–trained funeral directors shall:
a. Provide an equivalency evaluation of their educational credentials by International Educational Research Foundations, Inc., Credentials Evaluation Service, P.O. Box 3665, Culver City, CA 90231–3665, telephone (310)258–9451, Web site www.ierf.org, or E–mail at info@ierf. org. The professional curriculum must be equivalent to that stated in these rules. A candidate shall bear the expense of the curriculum evaluation.
b. Provide a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma awarded to the applicant from a mortuary science program in the country in which the applicant was educated.
c. Receive a final determination from the board regarding the application for licensure.
645—101.4(156) Examination requirements.
101.4(1) The board shall accept a certificate of examination issued by the International Conference of Funeral Service Examining Boards, Inc., indicating a passing score on the examination.
101.4(2) Applicants shall be required to pass an examination covering the Iowa law and rules for mortuary science prior to being licensed in Iowa. A 75 percent score shall be required for passing of this examination.
645—101.5(147,156) Internship and preceptorship.
101.5(1) Internship.
a. The intern must serve a minimum of one year ofinternship in Iowa under the direct supervision of a board–certified preceptor. The beginning and ending dates of the internship shall be indicated on the internship certificate. The intern shall engage in the practice of mortuary science only during the time indicated on the internship certificate. The intern must be approved and licensed following a successful internship before the intern may practice mortuary science.
b. The intern shall, during this internship, embalm not fewer than 25 dead human bodies and direct or assist in the direction of not fewer than 25 funerals under the direct supervision of the certified preceptor and report on forms furnished by the department of public health. Work on the first 5 embalming cases and funeral cases must be completed in the physical presence of the preceptor. The first 12 embalming cases and first 12 funeral case reports must be completed and submitted by the completion of the sixth month of the internship.
c. Before being eligible for licensure, the intern must have filed the 25 completed embalming and funeral directing case reports and a 6–month and a 12–month evaluation form with the department of public health.
d. No licensed funeral director shall permit any person, in the funeral director’s employ or under the funeral director’s supervision or control, to serve an internship in funeral directing unless that person has a certificate of registration as a registered intern from the department of public health.
e. No licensed funeral director or licensed funeral establishment shall have more than one intern funeral director for the first 100 human remains embalmed or funerals conducted per year, and with a maximum of two interns per funeral establishment.
f. Registered interns shall not advertise or hold themselves out as funeral directors or use the degree F.D. or any other title or abbreviation indicating that the intern is a funeral director.
g. The length of an internship may be extended if the board determines that the intern requires additional time or supervision in order to meet the minimum proficiency in the practice of mortuary science.
h. Every person who is registered as an intern or preceptor with the department of public health shall have a registration certificate posted in a conspicuous place in the preceptor’s place of business.
i. Internship begins upon approval and due notification by the board. Application for change of preceptor or any other alteration must be made in writing and approval granted by the board before the status of the intern is altered.
j. When, for any valid reason, the board determines that the education of a registered intern which is being received under the supervision of the present preceptor might be detrimental to the intern or the profession at large, the intern may be required to serve the remainder of the internship under the supervision of a licensed funeral director who meets the approval of the board.
k. The intern shall complete a confidential evaluation of the preceptorship program at the end of the internship on a form provided by the board. This form shall be submitted before the funeral director’s license is issued to the intern.
l. The intern shall, during the internship, be a full–time employee with the funeral establishment at the site of internship.
101.5(2) Preceptorship.
a. A preceptor must have a valid preceptor certificate. A preceptor must have completed a training course within five years prior to accepting an intern. If the certification is older than five years, the funeral director must recertify as specified by the board.
b. Any duly Iowa licensed and practicing funeral director in good standing for a minimum of five years with the board of mortuary science examiners will be eligible to be certified as a preceptor. This certificate is awarded after completion of a training course as prescribed by the board that covers the subjects specified by the board. The training course may be counted toward the continuing education hours required for that licensing period.
c. The preceptor is required to file a six–month progress report of the intern on a board–prescribed form. This form is to be signed by the preceptor and the intern before submission to the board by the end of the seventh month.
d. The preceptor shall certify that the intern engages in the practice of mortuary science only during the time frame designated on the official intern certificate.
e. A preceptor’s duties shall include the following:
(1) Be physically present and supervise the first five embalmings and first five funeral cases;
(2) Familiarize the intern in the areas specified by the preceptor training outline;
(3) Read and sign each of the 25 embalming reports and the 25 funeral directing reports completed by the intern;
(4) Complete a written six–month report of the intern on a form provided by the board. This report is to be reviewed with and signed by the intern and submitted to the board before the end of the seventh month; and
(5) At the end of the internship, complete a confidential evaluation of the intern on a form provided by the board. This evaluation shall be submitted within two weeks of the end of the internship.
f. Failure of a preceptor to fulfill the requirements set forth by the board, including failure to remit the required six–month progress report, as well as the final evaluation, shall result in an investigation of the preceptor by the board.
g. If a preceptor does not serve the entire year, the board will evaluate the situation; and if a certified preceptor is not available, a licensed funeral director may serve with the approval of the board.
h. In the absence of the preceptor for an extended period of time, such as for vacation or illness, an Iowa licensed funeral director must be available to act as backup for the preceptor and be available for the intern. The name, address and telephone number of the Iowa licensed funeral director must be provided on the internship application.
645—101.6(156) Student practicum.
101.6(1) Application. The applicant shall:
a. Apply to the board for a student practicum on forms provided by the board;
b. Request a letter that shall be sent directly from the student’s school, accredited by and in good standing with the American Board of Funeral Service Education, to the board regarding the student’s current status and length of practicum; and
c. Pay the fee for student practicum as listed in 645— 104.1(147).
101.6(2) A licensed funeral director shall not permit any person, in the funeral director’s employ or under the funeral director’s supervision or control, to serve a student practicum in funeral directing unless that person has a certificate of practicum approved by the board of mortuary science examiners as an Iowa registered practicum student.
101.6(3) Every person who is registered for a student practicum with the board of mortuary science examiners shall have a registration certificate posted in a conspicuous public place in the practicum student’s site of practicum.
101.6(4) The practicum student shall serve the practicum in Iowa in an Iowa licensed funeral establishment under the direct physical supervision of the assigned practicum supervisor who is currently a preceptor.
101.6(5) Neither a licensed funeral director nor a licensed funeral establishment shall have more than one practicum student for the first 100 human remains embalmed or funerals conducted per year, and with a maximum of two practicum students per funeral establishment.
101.6(6) Practicum students shall not advertise or present themselves as funeral directors.
101.6(7) The student practicum begins upon approval and due notification by the board. The board shall be notified in writing of any change of practicum supervisor or any other alteration, and approval shall be granted by the board before the status of the student practicum is altered.
101.6(8) The length of the student practicum shall be determined by the student’s school.
101.6(9) The practicum student may, during the practicum, embalm human remains in the physical presence of the practicum supervisor and direct or assist in directing funerals under the direct supervision of the practicum supervisor.
645—101.7(156) Funeral establishment license or cremation establishment license or both establishment licenses.
101.7(1) Any person or any corporation, partnership, joint venture, voluntary organization or any other entity doing business in this state may erect, maintain, and operate a funeral establishment, cremation establishment, or both establishments, provided the necessary appliances and facilities for the care, preparation and disposition of human remains are in place. An establishment license must be obtained and maintained. The establishment license is not transferable. Any change from the original application requires that a new application be filed and a new license be issued.
101.7(2) A funeral establishment, cremation establishment, or both establishments shall be subject to applicable local, state and federal health and environmental requirements and shall obtain all necessary licenses and permits from the agencies with jurisdiction.
101.7(3) License application. An application for a funeral establishment license, cremation establishment license, or both establishment licenses shall be in writing on forms furnished by the board and accompanied by the funeral establishment fee. The application shall contain all of the following:
a. Name and address of the business of applicant.
b. Address of the personal residence of applicant.
c. Name and address of every owner (partner, director, officer, shareholder with greater than 25 percent of stock).
d. Name and address of the establishment.
e. Signature of responsible authority at the site of the establishment.
f. Names and license numbers of all funeral directors employed by the establishment.
g. Further information that the board reasonably may require.
645—101.8(156) Licensure by endorsement. An applicant who has been a licensed funeral director under the laws of another jurisdiction shall file an application for licensure by endorsement with the board office. The board may receive by endorsement any applicant from the District of Columbia or another state, territory, province or foreign country who:
101.8(1) Submits to the board a completed application;
101.8(2) Pays the licensure fee;
101.8(3) Shows evidence of licensure requirements that are similar to those required in Iowa;
101.8(4) Provides official copies of the academic transcripts showing the completion of a mortuary science program accredited by the American Board of Funeral Service Education;
101.8(5) Provides official transcript of grades showing 60 semester hours from a regionally accredited college or university with a minimum of a 2.0 or “C” grade point average;
101.8(6) Successful passage of the Iowa law and rules examination with a score of at least 75 percent;
101.8(7) Furnishes certified evidence of two or more years of actual practice as a licensed funeral director in the state from which the applicant desires to endorse;
101.8(8) Was issued the initial license by endorsement within six months of the birth month and will not be required to renew the license until the fifteenth day of the birth month two years later. The new licensee is exempt from meeting the continuing education requirement for the continuing education biennium in which the license was originally issued;
101.8(9) Holds an original license in good standing obtained upon examination in the state from which the endorsement was received. The examination shall have covered substantially the same subjects in which an examination is required in Iowa, showing that the applicant has attained a passing grade. Applicants licensed before 1980 are exempt from showing a passing grade on the national board examination. The applicant shall have met the educational requirements of the state of Iowa for a funeral director; and
101.8(10) Provides verification of licenses from all other states in which the applicant has a current active license sent directly from those states to the board office.
645—101.9(156) Licensure by reciprocal agreement. The board may enter into a reciprocal agreement with the District of Columbia or any state, territory, province or foreign country with equal or similar requirements for licensure of funeral directors. The applicant shall take the examination required by the board.
645—101.10(156) License renewal.
101.10(1) The biennial license renewal period for a license to practice funeral directing shall begin on the sixteenth day of the licensee’s birth month and end on the fifteenth day of the licensee’s birth month two years later. All licensees shall renew on a biennial basis.
101.10(2) A renewal of license application and continuing education report form to practice funeral directing shall be mailed to the licensee at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the license. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not relieve the license holder of the obligation to pay the biennial renewal fee(s) on or before the renewal date.
a. The licensee shall submit the completed application and continuing education report form with the renewal fee(s) to the board office before the license expiration date.
b. Those persons licensed for the first time shall not be required to complete continuing education as a prerequisite for the first renewal of their licenses. Continuing education hours acquired anytime from the initial licensing until the second license renewal may be used. The new licensee will be required to complete a minimum of 24 hours of continuing education per biennium for each subsequent license renewal.
c. Licensees who were issued their initial license within six months of their birth month will not be required to renew their license until the fifteenth day of their birth month two years later.
d. Persons licensed to practice funeral directing shall keep their renewal licenses displayed in a conspicuous public place at the primary site of practice.
101.10(3) Late renewal. If the renewal fees, continuing education report and renewal application are received within 30 days after the license renewal expiration date, the late fee for failure to renew before expiration shall be charged.
101.10(4) When all requirements for license renewal are met, the licensee shall be sent a license renewal card by regular mail.
645—101.11(272C) Renewal of a funeral establishment license or cremation establishment license or both establishment licenses.
101.11(1) The renewal cycle shall be triennial beginning July 1 and ending on June 30 of the third year. The renewal shall be:
a. Submitted on a form provided by the board; and
b. Accompanied by the renewal fee.
101.11(2) A renewal of license application shall be mailed at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the license. Failure to receive the notice shall not relieve the license holder of the obligation to pay triennial renewal fees on or before the renewal date.
101.11(3) Funeral and cremation establishments shall keep their renewal licenses displayed in a conspicuous public place at the primary site of practice.
101.11(4) Late renewal. If the renewal fee and renewal application are received within 30 days after the license renewal expiration date, the late fee for failure to renew before expiration shall be charged.
101.11(5) When all requirements for license renewal are met, the licensee shall be sent a license renewal card by regular mail.
645—101.12(272C) Exemptions for inactive practitioners.
101.12(1) A licensee who is not engaged in practice in the state of Iowa may be granted a waiver of compliance and obtain a certificate of exemption upon written application to the board. The application shall contain a statement that the applicant will not engage in the practice in the state of Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing reinstatement after exemption. The application for a certificate of exemption shall be submitted by the license expiration date upon the form provided by the board. A licensee must hold a current license to apply for exempt status. The licensee shall apply for inactive status prior to the license expiration date.
101.12(2) Reinstatement of exempted, inactive practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have requested and been granted a waiver of compliance with the renewal requirements and who have obtained a certificate of exemption shall, prior to engaging in the practice of the profession in Iowa, satisfy the requirements for reinstatement as outlined in 645—102.10(272C).
101.12(3) Licensees shall renew at the next scheduled renewal. Licensees who were issued their reinstatements within six months prior to the birth month renewal date will not be required to renew their licenses until the birth month renewal two years later.
101.12(4) A new licensee who is on inactive status during the initial license renewal time period and reinstates before the first license expiration date will not be required to complete continuing education for that first license renewal time period only. Twenty–four hours of continuing education will be required for every renewal thereafter.
101.12(5) Verification of license(s) is required from all states in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license became inactive.
101.12(6) Reinstatement of inactive license after exemption. The following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement of an inactive license.
An applicant shall satisfy the following requirements:
Submit written application for reinstatement to the board
Required
Pay the current renewal fee
$100
Pay the examination fee
$50
Pay the reinstatement fee
$50
Submit license verification(s) from all states in which the licensee has practiced since obtaining inactive status
Required
Furnish evidence of completion of board– approved continuing education hours
OR
24 hours
Furnish evidence of completion of continuing education hours equivalent to those required in Iowa if currently licensed in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia
24 hours
An applicant shall satisfy the following requirements:
Furnish evidence of successful completion, with a passing grade of 75 percent, of the state law and rules examination conducted within one year immediately prior to submission of application for reinstatement
Successful completion
Total fees and continuing education hours required for reinstatement:
$200 and
24 hours
645—101.13(272C) Lapsed licenses.
101.13(1) If the renewal fee(s) and continuing education report are received more than 30 days after the license expiration date, the license is lapsed. An application for reinstatement must be filed with the board and be accompanied by the reinstatement fee, the renewal fee(s) for each biennium the license is lapsed and the late fee for failure to renew before expiration. The licensee may be subject to an audit of the licensee’s continuing education report.
101.13(2) Licensees who have not fulfilled the requirements for license renewal or for an exemption in the required time frame will have a lapsed license and shall not engage in the practice of funeral directing. Practicing without a license may be cause for disciplinary action.
101.13(3) In order to reinstate lapsed licenses, licensees shall comply with all requirements for reinstatement as outlined in 645—102.6(156).
101.13(4) After the reinstatement of a lapsed license, the licensee shall renew at the next scheduled renewal cycle and complete the continuing education required for the biennium.
101.13(5) Verification of license(s) is required from all states in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license lapsed.
101.13(6) Reinstatement of a lapsed license. The following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement based on the length of time a license has lapsed.

An applicant shall satisfy the following requirements:
30 days after expiration date
up to 1 renewal
2 renewals
3 renewals
4 or more renewals
Submit written application for reinstatement
Required
Required
Required
Required
Pay the renewal fee(s)
$100
$200
$300
$400
Pay the late fee
$50
$50
$50
$50
Pay the reinstatement fee
$50
$50
$50
$50
Furnish verification(s) of licensure from all states in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license lapsed
Required
Required
Required
Required
Furnish evidence of completion of continuing education requirements during the period since the license lapsed
OR
Furnish evidence of completion of continuing education hours equivalent to those required in Iowa if currently licensed in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia
24 hours




24 hours
48 hours




48 hours
72 hours




72 hours
72 hours




72 hours
Successfully pass the state law and rules examination with a score of at least 75 percent
Successful completion
Successful completion
Successful completion
Successful completion
Total fees and continuing education hours required for reinstatement:
$200 and
24 hours
$300 and 48 hours
$400 and 72 hours
$500 and 72 hours

645—101.14(272C) Reinstatement of a funeral establishment license or cremation establishment license or both establishment licenses.
101.14(1) If the renewal fees are received more than 30 days after the expiration of the license, the license is lapsed. A licensee who allows the license to lapse cannot engage in business in Iowa without first complying with all the regulations governing reinstatement as outlined in the board rules. A license holder who allows the license to lapse must apply for reinstatement of the license.
101.14(2) Reinstatement of the lapsed license may be granted by the board if the applicant:
a. Submits a written application for reinstatement of the funeral establishment or cremation establishment license to the board;
b. Pays the late fee for failure to renew;
c. Pays the reinstatement fee; and
d. Pays the renewal fee(s).
645—101.15(17A,147,272C) License denial.
101.15(1) An applicant who has been denied licensure by the board may appeal the denial and request a hearing on the issues related to the licensure denial by serving a notice of appeal and request for hearing upon the board not more than 30 days following the date of mailing of the notification of licensure denial to the applicant. The request for hearing as outlined in these rules shall specifically describe the facts to be contested and determined at the hearing.
101.15(2) If an applicant who has been denied licensure by the board appeals the licensure denial and requests a hearing pursuant to this rule, the hearing and subsequent procedures shall be held pursuant to the process outlined in Iowa Code chapters 17A and 272C.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 147, 156 and 272C.
ITEM 2. Rescind rule 645—102.6(272C) and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
645—102.6(272C) Reinstatement of lapsed license. Failure of the licensee to renew within 30 days after expiration date shall cause the license to lapse. A person who allows the license to lapse cannot engage in practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing reinstatement as outlined in the board rules. A person who allows the license to lapse must apply to the board for reinstatement of the license. Reinstatement of the lapsed license may be granted by the board if the applicant:
1. Submits a written application for reinstatement to the board;
2. Pays all of the renewal fees then due to a maximum of four renewals;
3. Pays the late fee;
4. Pays the reinstatement fee;
5. Provides verification of license(s) from all states in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license lapsed;
6. Successfully passes the state law and rules examination with a score of at least 75 percent; and
7. Provides evidence of:
Satisfactory completion of continuing education requirements during the period since the license lapsed. The total number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is computed by multiplying 24 by the number of bienniums since the license lapsed, not to exceed 72 hours; or
Full–time practice of mortuary science in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia and completion of continuing education substantially equivalent in the opinion of the board to that required under these rules.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 645—102.9(272C) as follows:
645—102.9(272C) Continuing education waiver exemption for disability or illness. The board may, in individual cases involving disability or illness, grant waivers exemptions of the minimum educational continuing education requirements or extension of time within which to fulfill the same or make the required reports. No waiver exemption or extension of time shall be granted unless written application therefor is made on forms provided by the board and signed by the licensee and appropriate licensed health care practitioners. The board may grant a waiver an exemption of the minimum educational continuing education requirements for any period of time not to exceed one calendar year from the onset of disability or illness. In the event that the disability or illness upon which a waiver an exemption has been granted continues beyond the period of waiver exemption, the licensee must reapply for an extension of the waiver exemption. The board may, as a condition of any waiver exemption granted, require the applicant to make up a certain portion or all of the minimum educational continuing education requirements waived exempted by such methods as may be prescribed by the board.
ITEM 4. Rescind rule 645—102.10(272C) and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
645—102.10(272C) Reinstatement of inactive practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have been granted a waiver of compliance with these rules and obtained a certificate of exemption shall, prior to engaging in the practice of mortuary science in the state of Iowa, satisfy the following requirements for reinstatement:
102.10(1) Submit written application for reinstatement to the board upon forms provided by the board;
102.10(2) Submit payment of the reinstatement fee;
102.10(3) Submit payment of the current renewal fee;
102.10(4) Submit payment of the examination fee;
102.10(5) Furnish verification of license(s) from all states in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license lapsed.
102.10(6) Furnish evidence of successful completion of the state law and rules examination with a score of at least 75 percent correct conducted within one year immediately prior to the submission of the application for reinstatement; and
102.10(7) Furnish in the application evidence of one of the following:
a. Full–time practice of mortuary science in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia and completion of continuing education for each biennium of inactive status substantially equivalent in the opinion of the board to that required under these rules; or
b. Completion of 24 hours of board–approved continuing education.
ITEM 5. Adopt new 645—Chapter 103 as follows:

CHAPTER 103
DISCIPLINE FOR FUNERAL DIRECTORS
645—103.1(272C) Definitions. For the purpose of these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Board” means the board of mortuary science examiners.
“Crematory” means any person, partnership or corporation that performs cremation and sells funeral goods.
“Funeral establishment” means a place of business as defined by the board devoted to providing any aspect of mortuary science.
“Funeral services” means any services which may be used to care for and to prepare deceased human bodies for burial, cremation or other final disposition; and to arrange, supervise or conduct the funeral ceremony or the final disposition of deceased human bodies.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to practice as a funeral director in the state of Iowa.
645—103.2(272C) Grounds for discipline.
103.2(1) The board may impose any of the disciplinary sanctions set forth in rule 645—13.1(272C), including civil penalties in an amount not to exceed $1000, when the board determines that the licensee is guilty of the following acts or offenses:
a. Fraud in procuring a license.
b. Professional incompetency.
c. Knowingly making misleading, deceptive, untrue or fraudulent representations in the practice of a profession or engaging in unethical conduct or practice harmful or detrimental to the public. Proof of actual injury need not be established.
d. Habitual intoxication or addiction to the use of drugs.
e. Conviction of a felony related to the profession or occupation of the licensee, or the conviction of any felony that would affect the licensee’s ability to practice within a profession. A copy of the record of conviction or plea of guilty shall be conclusive evidence.
Conviction of a felony related to the profession or occupation of the licensee or the conviction of any felony that would affect the licensee’s ability to practice within a profession includes, but is not limited to, the conviction of a funeral director who has committed a public offense in the practice of the profession which is defined or classified as a felony in this state, another state, or the United States, which statute or law relates to the practice of mortuary science, or who has been convicted of a felonious act, which is so contrary to honesty, justice or good morals, and so reprehensible as to violate the public confidence and trust imposed upon the licensee as a funeral director in this state.
f. Fraud in representations as to skill or ability.
g. Use of untruthful or improbable statements in advertisements.
h. Willful or repeated violations of the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 147 or 156.
103.2(2) Violation of the rules promulgated by the board.
103.2(3) Personal disqualifications:
a. Mental or physical inability reasonably related to and adversely affecting the licensee’s ability to practice in a safe and competent manner.
b. Involuntary commitment for treatment of mental illness, drug addiction or alcoholism.
103.2(4) Practicing the profession while the license is suspended.
103.2(5) Suspension or revocation of license by another state.
103.2(6) Negligence by the licensee in the practice of the profession, which is a failure to exercise due care including negligent delegation to or supervision of employees or other individuals, whether or not injury results; or any conduct, practice or conditions which impair the ability to safely and skillfully practice the profession.
103.2(7) Prohibited acts consisting of the following:
a. Permitting an unlicensed employee or person under the licensee’s control to perform activities requiring a license.
b. Permitting another person to use the license for any purpose.
c. Practicing outside the scope of a license.
d. Obtaining, possessing, or attempting to obtain or possess a controlled substance without lawful authority; or sell–ing, prescribing, giving away, or administering controlled substances.
e. Verbally or physically abusing next of kin.
103.2(8) Unethical business practices, consisting of any of the following:
a. False or misleading advertising.
b. Betrayal of a professional confidence.
c. Falsifying business records.
103.2(9) Failure to report a change of name or address within 30 days after it occurs.
103.2(10) Submission of a false report of continuing education or failure to submit the annual report of continuing education.
103.2(11) Failure to notify the board within 30 days after occurrence of any judgment or settlement of a malpractice claim or action.
103.2(12) Failure to report to the board as provided in these rules any violation by another licensee of the reasons for disciplinary action as listed in this rule.
103.2(13) Failure to disclose the items listed in these rules mandatory disclosure.
103.2(14) Embalming or attempting to embalm a deceased human body without first having obtained authorization from a family member or representative of the deceased except where embalming is done to meet the requirements of applicable state or local law.
Notwithstanding the above provisions, a funeral director may embalm without authority when after due diligence no authorized person can be contacted and embalming is in accordance with legal or accepted standards in the community, or the licensee has good reason to believe that the family wishes embalming. The order of priority for those persons authorized to permit embalming is found in Iowa Code section 142A.2(2). If embalming is performed under these circumstances, the licensee shall not be deemed to be in violation of the prohibition in this section.
No misrepresentation as to legal needs or other requirements for embalming shall be made.
103.2(15) Failure to comply with the requirements of Iowa Code chapter 523A.
103.2(16) Violation of regulations promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission.
645—103.3(272C) Method of discipline: licensed funeral establishments and licensed cremation establishments.
103.3(1) The board has authority to impose the following disciplinary sanctions:
a. Refuse to issue or renew a license.
b. Revoke a license.
c. Restrict, cancel or suspend a license.
d. Place a license on probation.
e. Impose a penalty not to exceed $10,000.
f. Issue a reprimand.
103.3(2) The board may impose any of the sanctions if the board finds that the applicant or licensee has done any of the following:
a. Committed fraud in the procurement of an establishment license.
b. Been convicted of a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or if the applicant is an association, joint stock company, partnership, or corporation, that a managing officer has been convicted of a felony involving moral turpitude under the laws of this state, another state, or the United States.
c. Violated Iowa Code chapter 156 or any rule promulgated by the board or that any owner or employee of the establishment has violated Iowa Code chapter 156 or any rules promulgated by the board.
d. Knowingly aided, assisted, procured, or allowed a person to unlawfully practice mortuary science.
e. Failed to engage in or ceased to engage in the business for which the license was granted.
f. Failed to keep and maintain records as required by Iowa Code chapter 156 or rules promulgated by the board.
g. Knowingly made misleading, deceptive, untrue or fraudulent representations in the funeral practice or engaged in unethical conduct or practice harmful or detrimental to the public. Proof of actual injury need not be established.
h. Engaged in unethical business practices including false or misleading advertising, falsifying business records or failure to disclose the items.
i. Failed to comply with the requirements of Iowa Code chapter 523A.
j. Violated any of the regulations promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission.
645—103.4(272C) Disciplinary proceedings for funeral and cremation establishments. Disciplinary proceedings regarding the funeral establishment or cremation establishment license shall be initiated and conducted in conformance with Iowa Code chapter 17A and shall be initiated and conducted in accordance with the disciplinary procedures for funeral directors.
645—103.5(272C) Peer review committees.
103.5(1) Each peer review committee for the profession, if established, may register with the board of examiners within 30 days after the effective date of these rules or within 30 days after formation.
103.5(2) Each peer review committee shall report in writing within 30 days of the action, any disciplinary action taken against a licensee by the peer review committee.
103.5(3) The board may appoint peer review committees as needed consisting of not more than five persons who are licensed to practice funeral directing to advise the board on standards of practice and other matters relating to specific complaints as requested by the board. The peer review committee shall observe the requirements of confidentiality provided in Iowa Code section 272C.6.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.76, 147.55(3), 272C.4 and 272C.10.
ITEM 6. Adopt new 645—Chapter 104 as follows:

CHAPTER 104
FEES
645—104.1(147,156) License fees. All fees are nonrefundable.
104.1(1) Licensure fee for license to practice funeral directing is $100.
104.1(2) Biennial license renewal fee for each biennium is $100.
104.1(3) Late fee for failure to renew before expiration is $50.
104.1(4) Reinstatement fee for a lapsed license or an inactive license is $50.
104.1(5) Duplicate license fee is $10.
104.1(6) Verification of license fee is $10.
104.1(7) Returned check fee is $15.
104.1(8) Disciplinary hearing fee is a maximum of $75.
104.1(9) Funeral establishment fee is $75.
104.1(10) Three–year renewal of funeral establishment fee is $75.
104.1(11) Student practicum fee is $25.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 147.8 and chapters 17A, 156 and 272C.
ARC 1283B
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19) and 422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 52, “Filing Returns, Payment of Tax and Penalty and Interest,” Chapter 53, “Determination of Net Income,” Chapter 54, “Allocation and Apportionment,” Chapter 55, “Assessments, Refunds, Appeals,” Chapter 58, “Filing Returns, Payment of Tax, Penalty and Interest, and Allocation of Tax Revenues,” and Chapter 59, “Determination of Net Income,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Items 1 through 25 set forth amendments that clarify existing rules, remove obsolete rules or rule provisions, correct Iowa Code citations in the rules, and correct references to departmental organization. These amendments are the result of survey responses received by the Department pursuant to the Governor’s Executive Orders and based on in–depth, in–house review of rules and survey responses from Department employees.
The following is a summary of the amendments set forth in this Notice:
Item 1 corrects the net operating loss carryforward provisions effective for tax periods beginning on or after August 5, 1997.
Item 2 deletes a reference to an obsolete tax form and corrects an inaccurate Iowa Code citation in the rule.
Item 3 corrects an inaccurate Iowa Code citation in the rule and clarifies that a domestic corporation must file an income tax return only if it is doing business in Iowa or deriving income from sources within Iowa for tax periods beginning on or after January 1, 1999.
Item 4 corrects an Iowa Code reference in the rule.
Item 5 corrects an incorrect cross reference to a rule.
Item 6 clarifies that a distinction between “deferral items” and “exclusion items” for alternative minimum tax is not applicable for tax periods beginning on or after January 1, 1990.
Item 7 clarifies that a minimum tax credit is available for use by the survivor of a merger or consolidation.
Item 8 rescinds rule 701—52.9(422), which is an obsolete rule regarding a seed capital income tax credit.
Item 9 clarifies the sequence of tax credits to be taken based on the addition of new credits.
Item 10 corrects an incorrect date reference in the rule.
Item 11 corrects an incorrect cross reference to a rule.
Item 12 rescinds subrule 53.8(2), which is an obsolete subrule regarding losses from passive farming activity.
Item 13 corrects an Iowa Code reference in the rule.
Item 14 amends subrule 54.2(3) to reflect the items of income which may not be included in the computation of the business activity ratio to be consistent with subrule 54.2(2).
Items 15 and 16 correct outdated departmental organization references brought about by reorganization.
Item 17 corrects an incorrect cross reference to a rule.
Item 18 clarifies that a distinction between “deferral items” and “exclusion items” for alternative minimum tax is not applicable for tax periods beginning on or after January 1, 1990.
Item 19 corrects an incorrect cross reference to a rule.
Item 20 clarifies that the work opportunity credit shall be a deduction for Iowa franchise tax purposes to the extent the credit increased income.
Item 21 corrects an incorrect date reference in the subrule.
Items 22 and 23 correct an inaccurate Iowa Code reference in these rules.
Item 24 clarifies how income from fees, commissions, or other compensation for financial services should be reflected in the apportionment factor for Iowa franchise tax purposes.
Item 25 corrects outdated departmental organization references brought about by reorganization.
The proposed amendments will not necessitate additional expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the discretionary provisions of these amendments would result in hardship or injustice to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the discretionary provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors listed in Iowa Code section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a regulatory analysis as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4A if a written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than February 11, 2002, to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing that request who each qualify as a small business or an organization representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before February 8, 2002. Such written comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at (515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by February 1, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 422 and 427 and Executive Order Number 8.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 52.1(5), paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. Any net operating loss carryforward arising in a taxable year for which the corporation was a C corporation shall be allowed as a deduction against the net recognized built–in gain, capital gains, or passive investment income of the S corporation for the taxable year. For purposes of determining the amount of any such loss which may be carried to any of the 15 subsequent taxable years, after the year of the net operating loss, the amount of the net recognized built–in gain shall be treated as taxable income. For taxable years beginning after August 5, 1997, a net operating loss can be carried forward 20 taxable years.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 52.1(6), paragraph “e,” as follows:
e. Tax on unrelated business income for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 1988. A tax is imposed on the unrelated business income of corporations, associations, and organizations exempt from the general business tax on corporations by Iowa Code section 422.34, subsections subsection 2 through 6, to the extent this income is subject to tax under the Internal Revenue Code. The exempt organization is also subject to the alternative minimum tax imposed by Iowa Code section 422.33(4).
The exempt corporation, association, or organization must file Form IA 1120, Iowa Corporation Income Tax Return, to report its income and complete Form IA 4626 if subject to the alternative minimum tax. The exempt organization must make estimated tax payments if its expected income tax liability for the year is $1,000 or more.
The tax return is due the last day of the fourth month following the last day of the tax year and may be extended for six months by filing Form IA 7004 prior to the due date. For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 1991, the tax return is due on the fifteenth day of the fifth month following close of the tax year and may be extended six months by filing Form IA 7004 if 90 percent of the tax is paid prior to the due date.
The starting point for computing Iowa taxable income is federal taxable income as properly computed before deduction for net operating losses. Federal taxable income shall be adjusted as required in Iowa Code section 422.35.
If the activities which generate the unrelated business income are carried on partly within and partly without the state, then the taxpayer should determine the portion of unrelated business income attributable to Iowa by the apportionment and allocation provisions of Iowa Code section 422.33.
The provisions of 701—Chapters 51, 52, 53, 54, 55 and 56 apply to the unrelated business income of organizations exempt from the general business tax on corporations.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 52.3(2), introductory paragraph, as follows:
52.3(2) Form for filing—domestic corporations. A domestic corporation, as defined by Iowa Code subsection 422.32(2)(5), is required to file a complete Iowa return for each year of its existence regardless of whether the corporation has income, loss, or inactivity. For tax periods beginning on or after January 1, 1999, domestic corporations are required to file a complete Iowa return only if they are doing business in Iowa, or deriving income from sources within Iowa. However, the corporation may substitute a copy of the true and accurate federal income tax return as filed with the Internal Revenue Service in lieu of certain Iowa return schedules. This substitution is optional, but in all instances a detailed computation of the federal tax liability actually due the federal government shall be required as a part of the Iowa return. The Iowa schedules subject to the substitution provision are: income statement, balance sheet, reconciliation of income per books with income per return and analysis of unappropriated retained earnings per books.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 52.3(3), introductory paragraph, as follows:
52.3(3) Form for filing—foreign corporations. Foreign corporations, as defined by Iowa Code subsection 422.32(3)(6), must include a true and accurate copy of their federal corporation income tax return as filed with the Internal Revenue Service with the filing of their Iowa return. At a minimum this includes the following federal schedules: income statement, balance sheet, reconciliation of income per books with income per return, analysis of unappropriated retained earnings per books, dividend income and special deductions, cost of goods sold, capital gains, tax computation and tax deposits, investment credit computation and recapture, work incentive credit computation, foreign tax credit computation, minimum tax computation, and statements detailing other income and other deductions.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 52.5(2), fourth unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
Net operating losses from tax years which begin after December 31, 1986, which are carried back or carried forward to the current tax year shall be reduced by the amount of tax preferences and adjustments taken into account in computing the net operating loss prior to applying rule 701—52.2 53.2(422). The deduction for a net operating loss from a tax year beginning after December 31, 1986, which is carried back or carried forward shall not exceed 90 percent of the alternative minimum taxable income computed without regard for the net operating loss deduction.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 52.5(4), introductory paragraph, as follows:
52.5(4) Alternative minimum tax credit for minimum tax paid in a prior tax year. Minimum tax paid in prior tax years commencing with tax years beginning on or after January 1, 1987, by a taxpayer can be claimed as a tax credit against the taxpayer’s regular income tax liability in a subsequent tax year. Therefore, 1988 is the first tax year that the minimum tax credit is available for use and the credit is based on the minimum tax paid by the taxpayer for 1987. However, only the portion of the minimum tax which is attributable to those adjustments and tax preferences which are “deferral items” qualifies for the minimum tax credit for tax years beginning before January 1, 1990. “Deferral items” are those tax preferences and adjustments which result in a temporary change in a taxpayer’s tax liability. An example of a “deferral item” is the tax preference for accelerated depreciation of real property placed in service before 1987. On the other hand, the portion of the minimum tax which is attributable to the “exclusion item” for appreciated property charitable deduction does not qualify for the minimum tax credit. The appreciated property charitable deduction tax preference is the only state “exclusion item,” although there are several “exclusion items” which are used to compute federal minimum tax. For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 1990, the entire amount of minimum tax paid qualifies for the minimum tax credit, and there is no longer any distinction between “deferral items” and “exclusion items.” The minimum tax credit may only be used against regular income tax for a tax year to the extent that the regular tax is greater than the tentative minimum tax for the tax year. If the minimum tax credit is not used up against the regular tax for a tax year the remaining credit is carried to the following tax year to be applied against the regular income tax liability for that period.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 52.5(4), paragraph “e,” as follows:
e. Minimum tax credit after merger. When two or more corporations merge or consolidate into one corporation, the minimum tax credit of the merged or consolidated corporations is not available for use by the survivor of the merger or consolidation.
ITEM 8. Rescind and reserve rule 701—52.9(422).
ITEM 9. Amend rule 701—52.12(422) as follows:
701—52.12(422) Deduction of credits. The credits against computed tax set forth in Iowa Code section 422.33 shall be deducted in the following sequence.
1. Seed capital credit. Property rehabilitation credit.
2. New jobs credit.
3. Investment tax credit.
4. Research activities credit under Iowa Code section 15.335. Franchise tax credit.
5. Alternative minimum tax credit.
6. Research activities credit.
7. Motor fuel credit. Assistive device credit.
8. Estimated tax and payments with extensions. Motor fuel credit.
9. Estimated tax and payments with vouchers.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 15.333, 15.335, 422.33, 422.91 and 422.110.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 701—52.14(422) as follows:
701—52.14(422) Enterprise zone tax credits. An eligible business in an enterprise zone may take the following tax credits:
1. New jobs credit from withholding as provided in Iowa Code section 15.331 (see rule 701—52.8(422)).
2. Investment tax credit as provided in Iowa Code section 15.333 (see rule 701—52.10(15)).
3. Research activities credit as provided in Iowa Code section 15.335 (see rule 701—52.10(15) for tax years ending after May 1, 1994, but prior to tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2000) and subrule 52.7(5) for the research credit for increasing research activities within a quality jobs enterprise zone for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2001 2000.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 15A.9(8) and 15E.186.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 701—53.1(422), introductory paragraph, as follows:
701—53.1(422) Computation of net income for corporations. Net income for state purposes shall mean federal taxable income, before deduction for net operating losses, as properly computed under the Internal Revenue Code, and shall include the adjustments in 53.2(422) to 53.13(422) and 53.17(422) to 53.20 53.21(422). The remaining provisions of this rule and 53.14(422) to 53.16(422) shall also be applicable in determining net income.
ITEM 12. Rescind subrule 53.8(2) and renumber subrule 53.8(3) as 53.8(2).
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 53.17(3) as follows:
53.17(3) For the purposes of this rule, the term “speculative shell building” means a building as defined in Iowa Code section 427.1, subsection 41 (27)“c.”
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 54.2(3), paragraph “f,” as follows:
f. Gains or losses. Gain or loss from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of real or tangible or intangible personal property, if the property while owned by the taxpayer was operationally related to the taxpayer’s trade or business carried on in Iowa, shall be apportioned by the business activity ratio applicable to the return for the year the gain or loss is included in taxable income and shall be included in the computation of the business activity ratio as follows:
(1) Gain or loss from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of real property shall be included in the numerator if the property is located in this state and if an election of inclusion has been made.
(2) Gain or loss from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of tangible personal property shall be included in the numerator if an election of inclusion has been made and if the property has a situs in this state at the time of sale, or the taxpayer’s commercial domicile is in this state and the taxpayer is not taxable in the state in which the property had a situs.
(3) Gain or loss from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of intangible personal property shall be included in the numerator of the business activity formula to the extent that the intangible personal property is an integral part of some business activity occurring regularly in Iowa in the tax year that gain or loss is recognized. If the intangible personal property is not an integral part of some business activity occurring regularly in or outside of Iowa in the tax year that gain or loss is recognized and if an election of inclusion has been made, the gain or loss shall be included in the numerator if the taxpayer’s commercial domicile is in this state.
EXAMPLE: The taxpayer carries on its trade or business within and without Iowa. The taxpayer has patents which it licenses others to use in activities within and without Iowa. The patents are an integral part of business activity occurring regularly within and without Iowa. The taxpayer receives royalty income for the use of the patents. The taxpayer sells the patents and realizes a capital gain. The capital gain from the sale of the patents cannot be segregated by geographical source. Assume that the taxpayer is on a calendar tax year. Assume that the sale occurred on July 1. From January 1 to July 1, 5 percent of the royalties were attributable to some business activity regularly occurring in Iowa. The taxpayer should include 5 percent of the capital gain in the numerator of the business activity formula.
(4) All gain or loss shall be included in the denominator of the business activity ratio if an election of inclusion has been made or if the gain or loss is required to be included in the business activity ratio.
Noninclusive examples of gains or losses from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of real or tangible or intangible property may not be included in the computation of the business activity ratio, because to do so would result in an understatement of net income reasonably attributable to Iowa and would include the gain recognized under an election pursuant to Section 338 of the Internal Revenue Code and the gain recognized under Section 631(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.
ITEM 15. Amend subrule 54.6(1), second unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
If a taxpayer does not believe that the method of apportionment set forth in this subrule reasonably attributes income to business activities within Iowa, the taxpayer may request the use of an alternative method of apportionment. The request must be filed at least 60 days before the due date of the return, considering any extensions of time to file, in which the taxpayer wishes to use an alternative method of apportionment. The request should be filed with Policy Section, Technical Service Compliance Division, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306–0457. The taxpayer must set forth in detail the extent of the taxpayer’s business operations within and without the state, along with the reasons why the apportionment method set forth in this subrule is inappropriate. In addition, the taxpayer must set forth a proposed method of apportionment and the reasons why the proposed method of apportionment more reasonably attributes income to business activities in Iowa.
ITEM 16. Amend rule 701—54.9(422), seventh unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
All requests to use an alternative method of allocation and apportionment submitted to the department will be considered by the audit compliance division if the request is the result of an audit or by the policy section of the technical services compliance division if the request is received prior to audit. If the department concludes that the statutory method of allocation and apportionment is, in fact, both inapplicable and inequitable, the department shall prescribe a special method. The special method of allocation and apportionment prescribed by the department may be that requested by the taxpayer or some other method of allocation and apportionment which the department deems to equitably attribute income to business activities carried on within Iowa.
ITEM 17. Amend rule 701—55.2(422) as follows:
701—55.2(422) Notice of assessment. If after following the procedure outlined in 55.1(2) no agreement is reached, and the taxpayer does not pay the amount determined to be correct, a notice of assessment shall be sent to the taxpayer by mail. If the period in which the correct amount of tax can be determined is nearly at an end, either a notice of assessment, without compliance with 55.1(2)(1) and 55.1(3)(2), or a jeopardy assessment may be issued. All notices of assessment shall contain the signature of the director.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 422.25.
ITEM 18. Amend subrule 58.5(4), introductory paragraph, as follows:
58.5(4) Alternative minimum tax credit for minimum tax paid in a prior tax year. Minimum tax paid in prior tax years commencing with tax years beginning on or after January 1, 1987, by a taxpayer can be claimed as a tax credit against the taxpayer’s regular income tax liability in a subsequent tax year. Therefore, 1988 is the first tax year that the minimum tax credit is available for use and the credit is based on the minimum tax paid by the taxpayer for 1987. However, only the portion of the minimum tax which is attributable to those adjustments and tax preferences which are “deferral items” qualifies for the minimum tax credit for tax years beginning prior to January 1, 1990. “Deferral items” are those tax preferences and adjustments which result in a temporary change in a taxpayer’s tax liability. An example of a “deferral item” is the tax preference for accelerated depreciation of real property placed in service before 1987. On the other hand, the portion of the minimum tax which is attributable to the “exclusion item” for appreciated property charitable deduction does not qualify for the minimum tax credit. The appreciated property charitable deduction tax preference is the only state “exclusion item,” although there are several “exclusion items” which are used to compute federal minimum tax. For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 1990, the entire amount of minimum tax paid qualifies for the minimum tax credit, and there is no longer any distinction between “deferral items” and “exclusion items.” The minimum tax credit may only be used against regular income tax for a tax year to the extent that the regular tax is greater than the tentative minimum tax for the tax year. If the minimum tax credit is not used up against the regular tax for a tax year the remaining credit is carried to the following tax year to be applied against the regular income tax liability for that period.
ITEM 19. Amend rule 701—59.1(422), introductory paragraph, as follows:
701—59.1(422) Computation of net income for financial institutions. “Net income” for state purposes shall mean federal taxable income, before deduction for net operating losses, as properly computed under the Internal Revenue Code, and shall include the adjustments in rules 59.2(422) to 59.13(422). The remaining provisions of this rule and rules 59.14(422) to 59.21 22(422) shall also be applicable in determining net income.
ITEM 20. Amend rule 701—59.9(422) as follows:
701—59.9(422) Jobs tax credit. Where a financial institution claims the federal work opportunity tax credit as provided in Section 51 of the Internal Revenue Code, the amount of credit allowable must be used to increase the federal taxable income shall be a deduction from Iowa taxable income to the extent the credit increased federal taxable income.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section sections 422.35 as amended by 1997 Iowa Acts, Senate File 129, and section 422.61.
ITEM 21. Amend subrule 59.17(1) as follows:
59.17(1) Expenses incurred on or after July 1, 1991, through December 31, 1993, with respect to expenditures made at, or payments to, a club which restricts membership or the use of its services or facilities on the basis of age, sex, marital status, race, religion, color, ancestry, or national origin are disallowed as a deduction and, therefore, must be added to federal taxable income. For the purposes of this rule, restricting membership or use of services or facilities due to a legal age requirement is not considered to be discrimination.
ITEM 22. Amend subrule 59.18(3) as follows:
59.18(3) For the purposes of this rule, the term “speculative shell building” means a building as defined in Iowa Code section 427.1, subsection 41 (27)“c.”
ITEM 23. Amend rule 701—59.20(422), first unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
A calculation of the average for the tax year of the adjusted bases of a financial institution’s investment in investment subsidiaries, and total assets, held each day of the tax year is the most accurate method for determining under Iowa Code subsection 422.61(2), paragraph “f,” 422.61(3) the portion of a financial institution’s total expenses that is allocable to the financial institution’s investment in investment subsidiaries. However, the department will generally allow the average adjusted bases of an investment in investment subsidiaries for the tax year to be calculated using the average of the adjusted bases of the investment in investment subsidiaries held by the financial institution at the end of each month within the tax year. The department generally will allow the average bases of all assets of the financial institution for the tax year to be calculated using the average bases of all assets held by the financial institution at the end of each quarter of the tax year. A financial institution may compute for any tax year, without prior permission of the director, the average adjusted bases of investment in investment subsidiaries or total assets on a more frequent basis than set forth above. However, a financial institution may not compute these averages for any tax year on a less frequent basis than quarterly without obtaining prior approval of the director. This permission will be granted only in extraordinary circumstances. In addition, a financial institution may not compute these averages for any tax year on a less frequent basis than it used for the preceding tax year unless the financial institution obtains prior approval of the director. A financial institution that has elected to use an estimate of the adjusted tax bases of its total assets for each of the first three quarters of the taxable year under Internal Revenue Service’s Revenue Ruling 90–44 for federal income tax purposes may use this estimate for Iowa franchise purposes.
ITEM 24. Amend subrule 59.28(2), paragraph “m,” as follows:
m. Fees, commissions, or other compensation for financial services rendered for a customer located in this state or an account maintained within this state.
ITEM 25. Amend rule 701—59.29(422), seventh unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
All requests to use an alternative method of allocation and apportionment submitted to the department will be considered by the audit and compliance division if the request is the result of an audit or by the policy section of the technical services compliance division if the request is received prior to audit. If the department concludes that the statutory method of allocation and apportionment is, in fact, both inapplicable and inequitable, the department shall prescribe a special method. The special method of allocation and apportionment prescribed by the department may be that requested by the taxpayer or some other method of allocation and apportionment which the department deems to equitably attribute income to business activities carried on within Iowa.
ARC 1275B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 22.7(3), 22.7(6), 476.1 and 476.2, the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on December 11, 2001, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–01–12, In re: Confidentiality for Certain Information. The Board is proposing to amend 199 IAC 1.9(5) concerning the granting of confidential treatment for certain specific types of information filed with the Board.
Under current Board rules, a utility must comply with the filing requirements of 199 IAC 1.9(6) to have information filed with the Board withheld from public inspection. If the Board finds after review that the information is confidential pursuant to some provision of Iowa Code § 22.7, or other law, the Board issues an order granting the request for confidentiality, citing the Iowa Code section, and stating that the information shall be held confidential by the Board subject to the provisions of 199 IAC 1.9(8)“b”(3). Subparagraph 1.9(8)“b”(3) provides procedures for handling requests to obtain information earlier found to be confidential by Board order.
Pursuant to the requirements of 199 IAC 1.9(6), requests that some categories of information be withheld from public inspection are filed with the Board routinely in purchased gas adjustment (PGA) and energy adjustment clause (EAC) proceedings and with almost every application for a certificate of public convenience and necessity to provide competitive local exchange service. The Board grants these requests based upon the competitive nature of the utility industry and the sensitive nature of the information. These requests are granted pursuant to Iowa Code § 22.7(3) as trade secrets or pursuant to Iowa Code § 22.7(6) as reports to governmental agencies which, if released, would give advantage to competitors and serve no public purpose.
The information that is routinely provided protection consists of (1) actual negotiated prices of natural gas supply filed monthly and yearly with PGA filings, (2) negotiated prices for purchases of electric power filed monthly and yearly with EAC filings, and (3) financial information filed by applicants for local exchange service certificates of convenience and necessity. Under current procedures, the Board issues over 40 orders a year granting requests for confidentiality associated with PGA filings. The Board issues approximately 40 orders granting confidentiality associated with monthly and yearly EAC filings. Over the past 12 months the Board has issued 24 orders granting requests for confidentiality associated with financial records for applicants for local exchange service certificates.
Iowa courts have interpreted the requirements for protecting certain information under Iowa Code §§ 22.7(3) and (6). U S WEST Communications, Inc., et al., v. Office of Consumer Advocate, 498 N.W.2d 711 (Iowa 1993), and State of Iowa ex rel. Thomas J. Miller, Attorney General of Iowa v. Publishers Clearing House, Inc., 633 N.W.2d 732, 739–740 (Iowa 2001). The U S WEST Communications, Inc., case provides an analysis of what is considered a trade secret and the burden a person seeking to protect information claimed to be a trade secret must meet. The court uses the definition in Iowa Code § 550.2(4) to consider whether information is a trade secret that can be kept from public disclosure. The court held that a broad range of information, data and facts, which, if kept secret, provide the holder with an economic advantage over competitors or others, qualify as trade secrets. U S WEST Communications, Inc., at 714. The court then discussed the two other criteria in Iowa Code § 550.2(4). First, the trade secret derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, a person able to obtain economic value from its disclosure or use. Second, the trade secret is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. Specifically, the court held that to have economic value a trade secret must be useful to a competitor and require cost, time, and effort to duplicate. Id.
The court then stated that the term “economic value,” used in determining whether information is protected as a trade secret, is also used to determine whether the information is protected under Iowa Code § 22.7(6). U S WEST Communications, Inc., at 715. The court held that the term “economic value” includes the meaning of “economic advantage to a competitor” under Iowa Code section  22.7(6).
The Publishers Clearing House case also addresses trade secrets and when they are protected from public disclosure. In this recent case, the court stated that it had a strong interest in the free flow of information on the one hand and protection from commercial damage and abuse of discovery on the other and had developed certain rules for the purpose of addressing those issues. Publishers Clearing House, at 739–740. The court stated that it has insisted on a particular and specific demonstration of fact, as distinguished from stereotyped and conclusory statements, in order to establish good cause to prevent disclosure. The court then went on to state that courts are to apply three criteria for evaluating requests for protection: (1) the harm posed by dissemination must be substantial and serious, (2) the order must be narrowly drawn, and (3) there must be no alternative means of protecting the public interest that intrudes less directly on expression. Publishers Clearing House, Inc., at 740.
Based upon the nature of the information protected and the economic value to competitors from the disclosure of the negotiated purchase prices of natural gas and electric power, there appears to be no question that the information comes within the protection of Iowa Code §§ 22.7(3) and (6), and the Board believes would be protected by a court under the above cases. The Board requires that specific information be filed to support the PGA and EAC filings, and the same type of information is filed with each filing. The Board has consistently held that this information is a report to a governmental agency which if released would benefit competitors. Additionally, the release of the information could have a negative effect on the public since the release of the information could impair the ability of the utility to negotiate the best price and this could result in higher prices for gas and electric service. Thus the effect would be a detriment to the public rather than serving a public purpose. Also, using the criteria discussed in the U S WEST Communications, Inc., and Publishers Clearing House, Inc., cases, it is clear that the information satisfies the definition of “trade secret[s]” found in Iowa Code § 550.2(4).
For the financial information of applicants for local exchange service certificates, the same reasoning applies. The information is claimed by the applicant to be particularly sensitive and release would benefit competitors since it would disclose the financial soundness of the new entrant. The telecommunications industry in the area of local exchange competition is becoming increasingly competitive and entrants into the market allege they would be at a disadvantage if they had to disclose their financial backing and expenditures. The public interest would not be served by release of this information because it would be damaging to the development of competition. This information also satisfies the § 550.2(4) definition of “trade secret[s].”
For requests in these three contexts, the analysis of whether the information should be withheld has been repeated over and over and the Board has consistently granted the protection. This type of rote recitation accomplishes little. The adoption of a rule that grants protection for these routine requests upon identification and segregation of the confidential portions of the filings and an assertion by an attorney for the company or a corporate officer that those portions satisfy the requirements of either Iowa Code § 22.7(3) or (6), or both, as interpreted by the Iowa Supreme Court, will reduce paperwork and place more focus on those confidentiality requests that are not so routine.
Subrule 199 IAC 1.9(5) sets out categories of records that are not routinely available for public inspection. It is proposed that the three categories described above would be added to those already in the subrule as a new paragraph “c.” The records to be held confidential under proposed 199 IAC 1.9(5)“c” will continue to be subject to release pursuant to a public records request, unless the party requesting confidentiality gets a court order authorizing the Board not to release the materials.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4(1)“a” and “b,” any interested person may file a written statement of position pertaining to the proposed amendments. The statement must be filed on or before January 29, 2002, by filing an original and ten copies in a form substantially complying with 199 IAC 2.2(2). All written statements should clearly state the author’s name and address and should make specific reference to this docket. All communications should be directed to the Executive Secretary, Iowa Utilities Board, 350 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0069.
No oral presentation is scheduled at this time. Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b,” an oral presentation may be requested or the Board on its own motion after reviewing the statements may determine that an oral presentation should be scheduled.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 22.7(3), 22.7(6), 476.1, and 476.2.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt new paragraph 1.9(5)“c” as follows:
c. Materials exempted pursuant to requests deemed granted by board rule. Requests that material or information be withheld from public inspection that contain negotiated transportation rates and prices for natural gas supply included in purchased gas adjustment filings, and negotiated purchase prices for electric power, fuel and transportation in support of energy assistance clause filings, or the financial records filed by applicants for certificates of convenience and necessity to provide local exchange service shall be deemed granted pursuant to Iowa Code section 22.7(3) as a trade secret, or pursuant to Iowa Code section 22.7(6), as a report to a government agency which, if released, would benefit competitors and would serve no public purpose, or pursuant to both sections, provided that the confidential portions of the filings are identified and segregated and an attorney for the company or a corporate officer avers that those portions satisfy Iowa Code section 22.7(3) or (6), or both, as interpreted by the Iowa Supreme Court. The information shall be held confidential by the board upon filing and will be subject to the provisions of 199 IAC 1.9(8)“b”(3).
ITEM 2. Amend subparagraph 1.9(8)“b”(3) as follows:
(3) In the case of requests to inspect records not routinely available for public inspection under 1.9(5)“a”(1), and 1.9(5)“a”(3), and 1.9(5)“c,” the board will notify all interested parties of the request to view the materials. The board will withhold the materials from public inspection for 14 days to allow the party who submitted the materials an opportunity to seek injunctive relief. If injunctive relief is not requested within this period, the records will be produced for inspection. Requests to review materials not routinely available for public inspection under any other category of paragraph 1.9(5)“a” or 1.9(5)“c,” will be acted upon by the board. If the request is granted by the board, or is partially granted and partially denied, the person who submitted the records to the board will be afforded 14 days from the date of the written ruling in which to seek injunctive relief. If injunctive relief is not requested within this period, the records will be produced for inspection.
ARC 1279B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 476.10 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 9, section 1, and Iowa Code sections 475A.6, 476.2, 476.101(10), and 546.7, the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on December 14, 2001, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–01–13, In re: Assessment Allocation Rules. The Board proposes to rescind the rules in 199—Chapter 17, “Assessments,” and to adopt new rules in lieu thereof. The proposed new rules in Chapter 17 describe and implement the method the Board uses to assess expenses incurred by the Board and the Consumer Advocate Division of the Department of Justice (Consumer Advocate) on utilities and other parties as authorized by Iowa Code chapter 476 and section 475A.6.
The proposed rules are intended to implement the changes to the Board’s assessment allocation authority in Iowa Code section 476.10 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 9, section 1. In addition, the proposed rules are intended to clarify, correct, and update policy where needed.
The definitions in the chapter are updated to conform to the amended statute and are consolidated into one rule. The definition of “gross operating revenues” is corrected, since some utilities do not use the uniform systems of accounts. Since the only notification the Board sends to utilities is the actual invoice for the assessment, the Board proposes to rescind rule 17.4. Rule 17.3 clarifies that the Board will not directly bill more than the expenses it incurs for a docket; however, if a person works overtime on a docket, the actual overtime expenses may be billed.
Finally, in Docket Nos. SPU–99–22, In re: Area Code 515 Relief Plan, and SPU–99–30, In re: Area Code 319 Relief Plan, the Board allocated expenses in those dockets pursuant to Iowa Code section 476.101(10). These proposed rules are also intended to adopt the allocation method used in those two dockets.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4(1)“a” and “b” and 199 IAC 3.5(17A,474), any interested person may file a written statement of position on the proposed rules. The statement must be filed on or before January 29, 2002, by filing an original and ten copies in a form substantially complying with 199 IAC 2.2(2). All written statements should clearly state the author’s name and address and should make specific reference to this docket. All communications should be directed to the Executive Secretary, Utilities Board, 350 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0069.
If requested, or on its own motion after reviewing the statements, the Board will determine whether an opportunity for oral presentation should be provided.
The proposed rules are subject to the Board’s waiver rule at 199 IAC 1.3.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 475A.6, 476.2, 476.10 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 9, section 1, 476.101(10), and 546.7.
The following amendment is proposed.

Rescind rules 199—17.1(475A,476) to 199—17.9(476) and adopt the following new rules in lieu thereof:
199—17.1(475A,476,546) Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to describe and implement the method the board uses to assess expenses incurred by the board and the consumer advocate on utilities and other parties pursuant to Iowa Code sections 476.10 and 476.101(10). It also implements the method used to calculate the assessments on certain utilities for the Iowa energy center and global warming center.
199—17.2(475A,476) Definitions. The following definitions apply to the rules in this chapter.
17.2(1) A “direct assessment” is the charge to a person bringing a proceeding before the board or to persons participating in matters before the board:
a. For expenses attributable to the board’s duties related to such proceeding or matter incurred by the board; and
b. For certified expenses incurred and directly chargeable by the consumer advocate in the performance of its duties related to such proceeding or matter.
The term “person” includes, but is not limited to, individuals, utilities, associations, and other business entities. “Person” does not include the consumer advocate.
17.2(2) A “remainder assessment” is the charge to all persons providing service over which the board has jurisdiction for the total expenses incurred during each fiscal year in the performance of the board’s duties under law and the certified expenses of the consumer advocate, after deducting the direct assessments. The remainder assessment may consist of two parts: expenses that can be identified with a specific type of utility service, and expenses that cannot be so identified.
17.2(3) “Overhead expenses” are all operating costs of the board and the consumer advocate excluding salaries.
17.2(4) “Gross operating revenues from intrastate operations” include all revenues from Iowa intrastate utility operations during the last calendar year except uncollectible revenues; and amounts included in the accounts for interdepartmental sales and rents.
199—17.3(476) Expenses to be included in direct assessments. In its direct assessments, the board will not bill more than costs assigned to a docket.
17.3(1) Salaries of board and consumer advocate employees will be computed at an expertise level on an hourly rate obtained by dividing the individual’s merit class average annual salary, and related benefit costs borne by the state, by the appropriate number of standard working hours for the year.
The time of all board and consumer advocate employees engaged on the matter for which a direct assessment is to be made, whether on the property of a public utility, in the offices of the board, or elsewhere, including travel time, will be included.
17.3(2) Travel expenses incurred in an investigation or in rendering services by board and consumer advocate personnel or by others employed by the board or consumer advocate will be included. Travel expenses include costs of transportation, lodging, meals and other normal expenses attributable to traveling.
17.3(3) Costs of necessary consultants, facilities, or equipment will be included.
17.3(4) Overhead expenses of the board and the consumer advocate reasonably attributable to activities of the board and consumer advocate that can be directly assessed under Iowa Code section 476.10 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 9, section 1, or 476.101(10) will be included. The following method will be used to calculate the overhead expense factor used to calculate the overhead expenses reasonably attributable to activities of the board and consumer advocate.
a. The overhead expense factor used in direct billing overhead expenses will be recalculated and implemented with the July billing each year. The overhead expense factor will be determined using the following formula:
20XX Fiscal Year Overhead Expense
Factor
=
20XX Approved Budget Fiscal Year Expenditures


20XX Approved Budget Fiscal Year Salaries

b. The “Approved Budget Fiscal Year Expenditures” and “Approved Budget Fiscal Year Salaries” are for those of the board and the consumer advocate added together.
c. For each merit class salary, the overhead expense factor will be multiplied by the salary computed pursuant to subrule 17.3(1) to produce the hourly rate to be charged in the direct assessment.
199—17.4(476) Direct assessments.
17.4(1) The board will consider the following factors in deciding whether to directly assess a person pursuant to Iowa Code section 476.10 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 9, section 1.
a. Whether the person’s intervention in a board proceeding expanded the scope of the proceeding. Expansion of the scope of the proceeding includes, but is not limited to, raising new issues, significantly expanding the scope of discovery, and significantly expanding or changing the potential remedies.
b. Whether the person intervened in a board proceeding in good faith.
c. Whether the direct assessment would discourage the person or others from initiating or participating in board proceedings.
d. The financial resources of the person.
e. The nature of the board proceeding or matter.
f. The contribution of the person’s participation to the public interest.
g. Whether directly assessing costs would be fair and in the public interest.
h. Other factors deemed appropriate by the board in a particular case.
17.4(2) The board may decide not to directly assess a person after considering the factors in subrule 17.4(1).
17.4(3) In determining the financial resources of the person in 17.4(1)“d” above, the board may use revenue information previously submitted by the person to the board. If the person has not previously provided revenue information to the board, the board may request that the person submit revenue information and, if the person does not do so, may make assumptions regarding the person’s financial resources for purposes of the direct assessment.
199—17.5(476) Reporting of operating revenues. Each year, the board will send an annual report form to every public utility. On or before April 1 of each year, every public utility shall file with the board its annual report that includes a verified report, on forms prescribed by the board, showing its gross operating revenues from Iowa intrastate operations during the preceding calendar year. Such revenues are to be reported on the accrual basis or the cash basis consistent with the annual report filed with the board.
199—17.6(475A,476) Compilation and billing of assessment.
17.6(1) Direct assessments. The board shall ascertain and add to the direct assessment, certified expenses incurred by the consumer advocate directly chargeable to the person under Iowa Code section 475A.6. The board does not review the expenses certified to it by the consumer advocate. The board may present a bill for the direct assessment to any person either at the conclusion of the proceeding or matter, or from time to time during its progress.
17.6(2) Remainder assessments.
a. The revenues for the remainder assessment shall be compiled by the board based on the report provided pursuant to rule 17.5(476).
b. The board shall ascertain the total of the division’s expenses incurred during each fiscal year, and add to it the certified expenses of the consumer advocate. Next, the board shall add all amounts directly assessed, pipeline assessments, electric transmission line assessments, federal reimbursements, and miscellaneous reimbursements. This total shall be deducted from the total of the division’s and consumer advocate’s expenses. The remaining amount is the amount to be recovered through the remainder assessment. Subject to paragraphs 17.6(2)“c” through “e,” the board may assess the remaining amount to all persons providing service over which the board has jurisdiction in proportion to the respective gross operating revenues of such persons from Iowa intrastate operations over which the board has jurisdiction during the last calendar year.
c. For purposes of determining gross operating revenues under this subrule, the board shall not include gross receipts received by a cooperative corporation or association for wholesale transactions with members of the cooperative corporation or association, provided that the members are subject to assessment by the board based upon the members’ gross operating revenues, or provided that such member is an association whose members are subject to assessment by the board based upon the members’ gross operating revenues.
d. If any portion of the remainder can be identified with a specific type of utility service, the board shall assess those expenses only to the entities providing that type of service over which the board has jurisdiction.
e. The remainder assessments for gas and electric utilities not subject to rate regulation will be computed at one–half the rate used to compute the assessment for other persons.
f. The board may make the remainder assessments on a quarterly basis, based upon estimates of the expenditures for the fiscal year for the division and the consumer advocate. The board shall conform the amount of the estimated prior fiscal year’s assessments to the actual fiscal year expenditures not more than 90 days following the close of the fiscal year.
17.6(3) The bill or accompanying letter of transmittal to each utility shall indicate the assessable revenue for the utility, the rate at which the assessment was computed, and the assessment amount. Bills must be paid within 30 days of receipt or an objection filed in writing pursuant to Iowa Code section 476.10 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 9, section 1.
199—17.7(476) Funding of Iowa energy center and global warming center. The board will send a bill to each gas and electric utility for funding the Iowa energy center and global warming center. Within 30 days of receipt of the bill, each gas and electric utility shall remit to the utilities division of the department of commerce a check made payable to the treasurer of state for one–tenth of one percent of the total gross operating revenue during the last calendar year derived from its intrastate public utility operations for the funding of the Iowa energy center and global warming center. This remittance shall not be represented on customers’ bills as a separate item.
199—17.8(476) Assessments under Iowa Code section 476.101(10). The board shall allocate expenses for proceedings under Iowa Code section 476.101(10) among the participants using the following method:
1. The board will identify the participants in the proceeding.
2. Unless it makes a finding that such method is inappropriate or unjust for a particular case, the board will allocate expenses based on the regulated, exempt, deregulated, and unregulated Iowa intrastate telecommunications revenues of each participant.
3. The most recent reports filed by public utilities that report revenues pursuant to rule 17.5(476) will be used if available. If the participant has not previously provided revenue information to the board, the board may request that the participant submit revenue information and, if the participant does not do so, the board may make assumptions regarding the participant’s revenue for purposes of the assessment.
4. The board may make adjustments to the revenue figures as appropriate for the particular type of case.
5. The board may consider the factors in subrule 17.4(1) when making allocations to participants.
ARC 1276B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Notice of Termination
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b,” the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on December 13, 2001, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–01–9, In re: Application of Overpayments to Level Payment Accounts, “Order Terminating Rule Making.”
On September 6, 2001, the Board issued an order commencing a rule making to receive public comment concerning proposed amendments to 199 IAC 19.4(11)“g” and 20.4(12)“g.” The Board proposed to amend these two paragraphs to require that overpayments made by electric and gas customers on level payment plans would be applied to the unpaid balance rather than to the current or future monthly payments. Notice of Intended Action was published in Iowa Administrative Bulletin Vol. XXIV, No. 7 (10/3/01), p. 491, as ARC 0992B. Written comments were filed on or before October 23, 2001, and a hearing to receive oral comments was held on November 20, 2001.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” (2001), the Board will terminate the rule making. Comments concerning the proposed amendments questioned whether the amendments were necessary, whether the costs would outweigh any benefit from the rule, and suggested the amendments might violate federal law. The Board has determined that the rule making should be terminated rather than adopted since many of the comments opposing the amendments were from those who the Board initially believed would benefit from the amendments and it appears the problems with the amendments outweigh the benefits.
ARC 1277B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4 and 476.102, and 47 U.S.C. § 254(e) and (f), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on December 12, 2001, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–01–14, In re: Certification of Rural and Nonrural Telecommunication Carriers, “Order Commencing Rule Making,” to receive public comment on a proposed new subrule 22.2(7) containing the certification requirements for carriers wishing to receive federal high–cost universal service support pursuant to 47 CFR §§ 54.301, 54.305, 54.307, and Part 36, Subpart F, of Federal Communications Commission (FCC) regulations.
The FCC recently modified its regulations for providing high–cost universal service support to rural telephone companies for the next five years. (See “Fourteenth Report and Order, Twenty–Second Order on Reconsideration, and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in CC Docket No. 96–45, and Report and Order in CC Docket No. 00–256,” In the Matter of Federal–State Joint Board on Universal Service, CC Docket No. 96–45, and Multi–Association Group (MAG) Plan for Regulation of Interstate Services of Non–Price Cap Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers and Interexchange Carriers, CC Docket No. 96–256 (May 23, 2001).) The FCC now requires that each state public utility regulatory authority file an annual certification with the FCC to ensure that rural telecommunication carriers receiving federal funds under this program use that support “only for the provision, maintenance and upgrading of facilities and service for which the support is intended,” as required by 47 U.S.C. § 254(e). The state certification must be filed no later than October 1 of each year if the certified carriers are to receive support for the following year. (See 47 CFR § 54.314(d) (2001).)
In response to these modifications, the Board issued an order on August 13, 2001, in Docket No. USP–01–1, which established the procedures by which the Board intended to fulfill the federal mandate by the October 1 deadline. The order required any carrier wanting to continue to receive federal high–cost universal service support to file an original and two copies of an affidavit with the Board (with another copy to the Consumer Advocate Division of the Department of Justice). Each affidavit was to be titled “Certification of [Company Name]” (the company name must be the same name shown on the carrier’s tariff as filed with the Board). The affidavit was to be sworn and notarized, executed by an authorized corporate officer, and certified that the carrier will use the support it receives pursuant to 47 CFR§§ 54.301, 54.305, 54.307, and Part 36, Subpart F, of FCC regulations only for the provision, maintenance, and upgrading of facilities and services for which the support is intended. All affidavits were to become part of the public record maintained by the Board. Affidavits complying with the order were the basis for the Board’s certification to the FCC.
The proposed subrule seeks to implement the previously described certification process as a Board rule and establish filing requirements for carriers that wish to continue to receive federal high–cost universal service support.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4(1)“a” and “b,” any interested person may file a written statement of position pertaining to the proposed subrule. The statement must be filed on or before January 29, 2002, by filing an original and ten copies in a form substantially complying with 199 IAC 2.2(2). All written statements should clearly state the author’s name and address and should make specific reference to this docket. All communications should be directed to the Executive Secretary, Utilities Board, 350 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0069.
If requested pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” or on its own motion after reviewing the statements, the Board will determine whether an opportunity for oral presentation should be provided.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 476.102 and 47 U.S.C. § 254(e).
The following amendment is proposed.

Amend rule 199—22.2(476) by adopting the following new subrule:
22.2(7) Universal service certification application.
a. Certification to be filed with the board. Any carrier desiring to continue to receive federal high–cost universal service support shall file no later than September 10 of each year an original and two copies of an affidavit with the board and one copy to the consumer advocate division of the department of justice.
b. Content of certification. Each affidavit shall be titled “Certification of [Company Name].” The company name shall be the same name shown on the carrier’s tariff as filed with the board. The affidavit shall include the study area code (SAC) number associated with the company. The affidavit shall be sworn and notarized and shall be executed by an authorized corporate officer. The affidavit shall certify that the carrier will use the support the carrier receives pursuant to 47 CFR §§ 54.301, 54.305, or 54.307, or Part 36, Subpart F, of FCC regulations, or successor regulations concerning high–cost universal service support, only for the provision, maintenance, and upgrading of facilities and services for which the support is intended.
c. Certifications subject to complaint or investigation. Any certification filed by a carrier shall be subject to complaint or investigation or both by the board.

Exhibit A
CERTIFICATION OF [COMPANY NAME]

STATE OF IOWA
COUNTY OF
I, [authorized corporate officer], [office], [Company Name], being of lawful age and duly sworn, depose and state:
[Company Name], [SAC number], will use the support [Company Name] received pursuant to 47 CFR §§ 54.301, 54.305, and/or 54.307, and/or Part 36, Subpart F, of FCC regulations or successor regulations concerning high–cost universal service support, only for the provision, maintenance, and upgrading of facilities and services for which the support is intended.
I further state that I am authorized by [Company Name] to make this statement.


[authorized officer]

Subscribed and sworn to before me
this _____ day of ,


Notary Public
ARC 1231B
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 86.8, the Workers’ Compensation Commissioner hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 1, “Purpose and Function,” Chapter 3, “Forms,” Chapter 4, “Contested Cases,” Chapter 6, “Settlements and Commutations,” and Chapter 8, “Substantive and Interpretive Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments provide for technical corrections that have been identified as appropriate pursuant to Executive Order Number 8.
Item 1 gives the Web site address for the Division of Workers’ Compensation.
Item 2 rescinds the subrule describing a form used for approving attorney liens. Pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1007, section 5, amending Iowa Code section 86.39, the liens are no longer submitted to the Workers’ Compensation Commissioner for approval.
Items 2 and 18 transfer the description of the forms used for full or partial commutations from Chapter 6 to Chapter 3, where forms used by the public are described. These items also amend or add implementation clauses to the rules specified.
Items 3 and 5 provide that contested cases can include issues for interest and penalty only and for approval of third– party settlements and that these types of contested cases are not subject to the filing fee.
Item 4 changes the reference in rule 4.7(86,17A) from Iowa Code section 86.36 to Iowa Code section 85.3. Iowa Code section 86.36 was repealed by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1007, section 6, and the method for service on a nonresident employer is now specified in Iowa Code section 85.3.
Item 5 also clarifies that petitions for review–reopening, whether filed by an employee or an employer/insurance carrier, are subject to the filing fee.
Items 6 to 13, 15 to 17 and 19 to 21 either amend or add implementation clauses to the rules specified.
Item 14 amends the catchwords to clarify that the rule refers to review upon motion of the Workers’ Compensation Commissioner. This item also amends the implementation clause to rule 4.29(86,17A).
The Division of Workers’ Compensation has determined that these proposed amendments will not necessitate additional annual expenditures exceeding $100,000 by political subdivisions or agencies which contract with political subdivisions. Therefore, no fiscal note accompanies this Notice.
The Division of Workers’ Compensation has determined that these amendments will not have an impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code section 17A.4A.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before January 29, 2002, to the Workers’ Compensation Commissioner, Division of Workers’ Compensation, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
The proposed amendments do not include a waiver provision because rule 876—12.4(17A) provides the specifiedsituations for waiver of Workers’ Compensation Division rules.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.2(2), 17A.3(1)“a” and “b,” 17A.10, 17A.12, 17A.15, 85.3, 85.27, 85.31, 85.33 to 85.37, 85.39, 85.45, 85.47, 85.61, 86.8, 86.13, 86.17, 86.18, 86.24, 86.27, 86.39 and 1990 Iowa Acts, chapter 1261, section 3.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 876—1.2(86,17A) as follows:
876—1.2(86,17A) Location. Interested persons may contact the Iowa Workers’ Compensation Commissioner, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, telephone (515)281–5387 or 1–800–Job–Iowa (1–800–562–4692). The fax number is (515)281–6501. The Web site address is http://www.iowaworkforce.org/wc.
ITEM 2. Amend 876—3.1(17A) as follows:
Rescind and reserve subrule 3.1(10).
Adopt the following new subrules:
3.1(18) Form No. 9—original notice and petition and order for commutation of all remaining benefits of ten weeks or more 876 IAC 6.2(6). (Form No. 14–0013) This form contains data relevant to benefits paid and those to be paid by commutation when all unaccrued benefits are due. Signatures of the parties are necessary. Approval by the workers’ compensation commissioner or a deputy commissioner is necessary. The form contains language of release.
3.1(19) Form No. 9A—original notice and petition and order for partial commutation. (Form No. 14–0017) This form contains the same data and requirements as Form No. 9. However, all remaining benefits are not commuted. No language of release is contained.
Further amend 876—3.1(17A) by amending the implementation clause as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections section 17A.3(1)“a” and “b.” and 84A.2.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 876—4.1(85,85A,85B,86,87,17A) by adopting new subrules 4.1(16) to 4.1(18) and renumbering subrules 4.1(16) and 4.1(17) as 4.1(19) and 4.1(20).
4.1(16) Interest (section 85.30).
4.1(17) Penalty (section 86.13).
4.1(18) Application for approval of third–party settlement (section 85.22).
ITEM 4. Amend rule 876—4.7(86,17A) as follows:
876—4.7(86,17A) Delivery of notice, orders and decisions. Delivery of the original notice shall be made by the petitioning party as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.12(1) except that a party may deliver the original notice on a nonresident employer as provided in Iowa Code section 86.36 85.3. A proposed or final decision or order may be delivered by the division of workers’ compensation to any party by regular mail.
This rule is intended to implement the provisions of Iowa Code sections 86.36, 17A.3(2), 85.3 and 17A.12.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 4.8(2), paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. On or after July 1, 1988, for all original notices and petitions for arbitration or review–reopening seeking relating to weekly benefits filed on account of each injury, gradual or cumulative injury, occupational disease or occupational hearing loss alleged by an employee, a filing fee of $65 shall be paid at the time of filing. No filing fee is due for the filing of other actions where the sole relief sought is one of the following or a combination of any of them: medical and other benefits under Iowa Code section 85.27; burial benefits, Iowa Code section 85.28; determination of dependency, Iowa Code sections 85.42, 85.43, and 85.44; equitable apportionment, Iowa Code section 85.43; second injury fund, Iowa Code sections 85.63 to 85.69; vocational rehabilitation benefits, Iowa Code section 85.70; approval of legal, medical and other fees under Iowa Code section 86.39; commutation, Iowa Code sections 85.45 to 85.48; employee’s examination, Iowa Code section 85.39; employee’s examination or sanctions, Iowa Code section 85.39; application for alternate care, Iowa Code section 85.27; determination of liability, reimbursement for benefits paid and recovery of interest, Iowa Code section 85.21; interest, Iowa Code section 85.30; penalty, Iowa Code section 86.13; application for approval of third–party settlement, Iowa Code section 85.22; and petitions for declaratory orders or petitions for interventions filed pursuant to 876—Chapter 5. An amendment that is filed on or after July 1, 1988, which alleges an additional injury date will be treated like an original notice and petition. No filing fee is due when an amendment corrects an erroneous injury date.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 876—4.12(86) by adding the following implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.12 and 86.18.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 876—4.13(86) by adding the following implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.12 and 86.18.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 876—4.15(86) by adding the following implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 86.18.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 876—4.16(86) by adding the following implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 86.18.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 876—4.19(86) by adding the following implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 86.17 and 86.18.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 876—4.21(86) by adding the following implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 86.17 and 86.18.
ITEM 12. Amend rule 876—4.22(86) by adding the following implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 86.17 and 86.18.
ITEM 13. Amend rule 876—4.23(86), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.3(1)“b,” 86.8 and 86.18.
ITEM 14. Amend rule 876—4.29(86,17A) as follows:
876—4.29(86,17A) Review of upon motion. Except as provided in 4.25(17A,86) the commissioner may review the decision, order or ruling of a deputy commissioner in any contested case upon the commissioner’s own motion. Except as provided in 4.25(17A,86), the motion to review a decision, order or ruling in all contested cases must be filed within 20 days of the filing of the decision, order or ruling. The commissioner shall specify in a notice mailed to the parties by certified mail, return receipt requested, on the date of filing of the motion the issues to be reviewed and the additional evidence, if any, to be obtained by the parties. The hearing under this rule shall be heard in Polk County or in any locality designated by the workers’ compensation commissioner.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.12, 17A.15 and 86.24.
ITEM 15. Amend rule 876—4.34(86), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 86.8, 17A.3(1)“b” and 86.18 and 1986 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2175.
ITEM 16. Amend rule 876—4.37(86) by adding the following implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.10.
ITEM 17. Amend rule 876—4.40(86), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.10, 86.8 and 86.13 and 1990 Iowa Acts, chapter 1261, section 3.
ITEM 18. Amend rule 876—6.4(85,86) as follows:
876—6.4(85,86) Forms for commutation. The current revision of the following forms or a drafted substantial equivalent shall be used in seeking a commutation. Form No. 9 (14–0013) shall be used for a full commutation. Form No. 9A (14–0017) shall be used for a partial commutation. See rule 876—3.1(17A) for description of these forms.
6.4(1) Form No. 9original notice and petition and order for commutation of all remaining benefits of ten weeks or more 876 IAC 6.2(6). This form contains data relevant to benefits paid and those to be paid by commutation when all unaccrued benefits are due. Signatures of the parties are necessary. Approval by the workers’ compensation commissioner or a deputy commissioner is necessary. The form contains language of release.
6.4(2) Form No. 9A—original notice and petition and order for partial commutation. This form contains the same data and requirements as Form No. 9. However, all remaining benefits are not commuted. No language of release is contained.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 85.45 and 85.47.
ITEM 19. Amend rule 876—6.5(85) by adding the following implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 85.35, 85.45 and 85.47.
ITEM 20. Amend rule 876—6.6(86), implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 84A.2, 85.35, 85.47, 86.13 and 86.27.
ITEM 21. Amend rule 876—8.9(85,86), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 84A.2, 85.27, 85.31, 85.33 to 85.37, 85.39, 85.61, 86.8, 86.10, 86.18 and 86.39.
ARC 1230B
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b.

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 86.8, the Workers’ Compensation Commissioner hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 2, “General Provisions,” Chapter 3, “Forms,” and Chapter 11, “Electronic Data Interchange,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments update requirements for filing information with the agency by means of electronic data interchange (EDI).
Item 1 amends the rule requiring that an employee receive a final report of workers’ compensation payments to reflect that the employee is to be provided the information that is contained in an electronically filed final subsequent report of injury.
Items 2 and 3 are amendments to the rule describing “forms” to reflect the fact that under electronic data interchange (EDI) there are no longer paper forms and that the prior Forms 2, 2A and 2B are now all considered subsequent reports of injury (SROI).
Item 4 redefines what constitutes a report for purposes of the EDI system.
Item 5 deletes the requirement that a licensing agreement must be purchased from the IAIABC for the computer program for EDI. The program is available without the need to purchase a licensing agreement from IAIABC.
Item 6 specifies certain reports required by EDI that are included in the partnering agreement that is required in existing rule 876—11.6(85,86).
The Division of Workers’ Compensation has determined that these proposed amendments will not necessitate additional annual expenditures exceeding $100,000 by political subdivisions or agencies which contract with political subdivisions. Therefore, no fiscal note accompanies this Notice.
The Division of Workers’ Compensation has determined that these amendments will not have an impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code section 17A.4A.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before January 29, 2002, to the Workers’ Compensation Commissioner, Division of Workers’ Compensation, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
The proposed amendments do not include a waiver provision because rule 876—12.4(17A) provides the specified sit–uations for waiver of Workers’ Compensation Division rules.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.3(1), 85.26, 86.8, 86.11 and 86.13.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 876—2.6(85,85A,85B,86) as follows:
876—2.6(85,85A,85B,86) Reports Information to employees. An employer or its insurance carrier filing a final claim activity report subsequent report of injury (SROI) with the workers’ compensation commissioner (see 876—subrules subrule 3.1(2) and 3.1(3)) shall also mail a copy of the information contained on the final subsequent report of injury to the employee at the employee’s last–known address.
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 3.1(1) and 3.1(2) as follows:
3.1(1) Form No. 1—first First report of injury. (Form No. 14–0001) The form first report of injury (FROI) contains general information concerning the employee, the employer and the claimed injury. It is to be filed whether or not an adjudication or admission of the injury exists and is to be filed as provided in Iowa Code section 86.11 and 876— Chapter 11. The first report of injury is to be filed within four days of notice or knowledge of an alleged injury. In the event the transmission of a first report of injury (FROI) contains errors (TE), the errors shall be corrected within five days of the date of notification by the agency.
3.1(2) Form No. 2—claim activity report. (Form No. 14–9998) Subsequent report of injury (SROI). Upon establishment of a claim with this agency, the workers’ compensation commissioner may provide to the insurer this form which will show basic claim data found in the agency files. The form subsequent report of injury (SROI) provides for filing of notice of commencement of payments, correcting erroneous claim information, supplying additional information, denying compensability, agreeing to rate and agreeing to make payments under the Workers’ Compensation Act, reporting the status of a claim, or recording benefits paid. Notice of commencement of payments shall be filed within 30 days of the first payment. When liability on a claim is denied, a letter shall be sent to claimant stating reasons for denial. This form The subsequent report of injury (SROI) shall also be filed when compensation is terminated or interrupted. Medical data supporting the action taken shall be attached filed when temporary total disability or temporary partial disability exceeds 13 weeks or when the employee sustains a permanent disability. In the event this form is rejected by the agency, a refiling the transmission of a subsequent report of injury (SROI) contains errors (TE), the errors should shall be made corrected within 15 days of the date rejection of notification by the agency.
ITEM 3. Rescind and reserve subrules 3.1(3) and 3.1(4).
ITEM 4. Amend rule 876—11.2(85,86), definition of “report,” as follows:
“Report” means a first report of injury (FROI) or a subsequent claim activity report of injury (SROI), or both.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 876—11.3(85,86) as follows:
876—11.3(85,86) Form of reporting. The format of EDI reporting must be the current version of the International Association of Industrial Accident Boards and Commissions Release 2 FROI/SROI. A licensing agreement for use of the current version of the International Association of Industrial Accident Boards and Commissions Release 2 FROI/SROI may be purchased from the International Association of Industrial Accident Boards and Commissions, 1201 Wakarusa Drive, C–3, Lawrence, KS 66049; telephone (785)840–9103; www.iaiabc.org; E–mail workcomp@iaiabc.org.
ITEM 6. Amend 876—Chapter 11 by adopting the following new rule:
876—11.7(85,86) Required reports. A reporter shall file reports as required by this chapter and the partnering agreement. Reports required to be filed include, but are not limited to, the following:
First report of injury (FROI). See subrule 876—3.1(1);
Subsequent report of injury (SROI). See subrule 876—3.1(2); and
Annual reports on open files that cover all benefits paid during the previous year ending June 30.



FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 1234B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 217.6 and 249A.4 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 1, and section 49, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 51, “Eligibility,” Chapter 52, “Payment,” and Chapter 75, “Conditions of Eligibility,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments make adjustments to the State Supplementary Assistance and Medicaid programs based on annual cost–of–living adjustments. Specifically, these amendments make the following changes:
The limit on the income of a dependent relative for purposes of a dependent relative allowance under the State Supplementary Assistance program is increased by 2.6 percent from $266 per month to $273 per month. This increase is based on the January 1, 2002, Supplemental Security Income (SSI) program cost–of–living adjustment. The Department of Human Services has received confirmation from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services that the SSI cost–of–living adjustment effective January 1, 2002, will be 2.6 percent.
The amount deducted to cover costs in determining earned income from furnishing room and board or providing family life home care for State Supplementary Assistance purposes is also increased by 2.6 percent, from $266 per month to $273 per month, based on the January 1, 2002, SSI cost–of–living adjustment.
The assistance standards for State Supplementary Assistance for persons living in a protective living arrangement are increased from a total of $613.20 per month ($538.20 care allowance and $75 personal allowance) to $627.20 per month ($550.20 care allowance and $77 personal allowance). The total assistance standard is equal to the SSI maximum benefit rate plus a maximum state payment of $82.20. The maximum SSI benefit rate will be increased by 2.6 percent from $531 to $545, and the maximum state payment is not changed, resulting in the new total of $627.20. The personal assistance portion of this total is based on an allowance for personal expenses and average Medicaid copayment expenses. The allowance for personal expenses is increased by 2.6 percent from $69 to $70, based on the SSI cost–of–living adjustment, and the average Medicaid copayment is increased from $6 to $7, based on average Medicaid copayment expenditures in state fiscal year 2001, resulting in a total increase in the personal allowance from $75 to $77. The new care allowance of $550.20 is the difference between the new total ($627.20) and the new personal allowance ($77).
The assistance standards for State Supplementary Assistance for dependent relative allowances are increased as follows:

OLD
NEW
Aged or disabled client and a
dependent relative
$797
$818
Aged or disabled client, eligible
spouse, and a dependent relative
$1062
$1090
Blind client and a dependent
relative
$819
$840
Blind client, aged or disabled
spouse, and a dependent relative
$1084
$1112
Blind client, blind spouse, and a
dependent relative
$1106
$1134
These amounts are based on the SSI benefit rate for an individual or couple, plus an allowance for the needs for the dependent, plus a blind allowance for a blind client and a blind spouse. The SSI benefit rates are being increased by 2.6 percent, from $531 for an individual and $796 for a couple to $545 for an individual and $817 for a couple. The allowance for a dependent is also being increased by 2.6 percent from $266 to $273. However, the blind allowance remains unchanged at $22.
The deduction from income for personal expenses and Medicaid copayments for purposes of determining the amount of payments for residential care under the State Supplementary Assistance program is increased from $75 to $77. The current amount is based on $69 for personal expenses and $6 for Medicaid copayments. The Seventy–ninth General Assembly in 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 1, directed the department to increase the personal expense portion of this deduction by the same percentage and at the same time as federal SSI and social security benefits are increased due to cost–of–living adjustments. Thus, the $69 for personal expenses is increased by 2.6 percent, from $69 to $70. The $6 for Medicaid copayments is increased to $7, based on average Medicaid copayment expenses in state fiscal year 2001.
For purposes of determining the Medicaid eligibility of an institutionalized spouse, the maximum amount of resources to be attributed to the community spouse is increased from $87,000 to $89,280, and the maintenance needs allowance for the community spouse is increased from $2175 per month to $2232 per month. These amounts are indexed annually by the consumer price index, and the Department has received notice of these increases from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
The Department finds that notice and public participation are impracticable and contrary to the public interest. These amendments merely make cost–of–living increases. If the Department were to follow regular rule–making procedures, it would be several months before the public would feel the benefits of these amendments. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2).
The Department finds that these amendments confer a benefit on the public by making cost–of–living adjustments. 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 1, and section 49, allow the increase in the personal expenses portion of the allowance for personal expenses and Medicaid copayment expenses for residential care facility residents under the State Supplementary Assistance program to be effective immediately upon filing unless a later date is specified. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.5(2)“b”(1) and 17A.5(2)“b”(2).
These amendments are published herein under Notice of Intended Action as ARC 1233B to allow for public comment.
The amendments dealing with the cost–of–living increases do not provide for any waivers in specified situations because the amendments confer a benefit on those affected. There is no provision for waiver of the amounts set as everyone should be subject to the same amounts set by these amendments.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments December 12, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 249.3, 249.4, and 249A.4 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 11, subsection 1.
These amendments became effective January 1, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 51.4(1) as follows:
51.4(1) Income. Income of a dependent relative shall be less than $266 $273. When the dependent’s income is from earnings, an exemption of $65 shall be allowed to cover work expense.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—51.7(249) as follows:
441—51.7(249) Income from providing room and board. In determining profit from furnishing room and board or providing family life home care, $266 $273 per month shall be deducted to cover the cost, and the remaining amount treated as earned income.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 249.3 and 249.4.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—52.1(249) as follows:
Amend subrules 52.1(1) and 52.1(2) as follows:
52.1(1) Protective living arrangement. The following assistance standards have been established for state supplementary assistance for persons living in a protective living arrangement:
Family life home certified under rules in 441—Chapter 111.
$538.20

$550.20
care allowance
75.00

77.00
personal allowance
$613.20

$627.20
Total

52.1(2) Dependent relative. The following assistance standards have been established for state supplementary assistance for dependent relatives residing in a recipient’s home.
a. Aged or disabled client and a
dependent relative
$797
$818
b. Aged or disabled client, eligible
spouse, and a dependent relative
$1062
$1090
c. Blind client and a dependent
relative
$819
$840
d. Blind client, aged or disabled
spouse, and a dependent relative
$1084
$1112
e. Blind client, blind spouse, and a
dependent relative
$1106
$1134
Amend subrule 52.1(3), paragraph “a,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) Effective January 1, 2001 January 1, 2002, a $75 $77 allowance to meet personal expenses and Medicaid copayment expenses.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 75.5(3), paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. Method of attribution. The resources attributed to the institutionalized spouse shall be one–half of the documented resources of both the institutionalized and community spouse as of the first moment of the first day of the month of the spouse’s first entry to a medical facility. However, if one–half of the resources is less than $24,000, then $24,000 shall be protected for the community spouse. Also, when one–half the resources attributed to the community spouse exceeds $87,000 $89,280, the amount over $87,000 $89,280 shall be attributed to the institutionalized spouse. (The maximum limit shall be indexed annually by the consumer price index.)
If the institutionalized spouse has transferred resources to the community spouse under a court order for the support of the community spouse, the amount transferred shall be the amount attributed to the community spouse if it exceeds the specified limits above.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 75.16(2), paragraph “d,” subparagraph (3), as follows:
(3) Needs of spouse. The maintenance needs of the spouse shall be determined by subtracting the spouse’s gross income from $2,175 $2,232. (This amount shall be indexed for inflation annually according to the consumer price index.)
However, if either spouse established through the appeal process that the community spouse needs income above $2,175 $2,232, due to exceptional circumstances resulting in significant financial duress, an amount adequate to provide additional income as is necessary shall be substituted.
Also, if a court has entered an order against an institutionalized spouse for monthly income to support the community spouse, then the community spouse income allowance shall not be less than this amount.

[Filed Emergency 12/12/01, effective 1/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1239B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment on December 12, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1011B. ARC 1011B is being separated into two filings for the purpose of adoption. (See ARC 1238B herein, which is being filed as an Adopted and Filed rule.)
This amendment revises Medicaid policy governing payment for transplants as follows:
Liver transplants for persons with persistent viremia are now covered.
Heart–lung transplants are now covered on a case–by–case basis. The Iowa Foundation for Medical Care (IFMC) may approve heart–lung transplants where bilateral or unilateral lung transplantation without repair of a congenital cardiac defect is contraindicated.
Pancreas transplants for persons with type I diabetes mellitus are now covered as follows: Simultaneouspancreas–kidney transplants and pancreas after kidney transplants are covered consistent with Medicare criteria. The Iowa Foundation for Medical Care may approve pancreas transplants alone for persons exhibiting any of the following:
1. A history of frequent, acute, and severe metabolic complications (e.g., hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, or keto–acidosis) requiring medical attention.
2. Clinical problems with exogenous insulin therapy that are so severe as to be incapacitating.
3. Consistent failure of insulin–based management to prevent acute complications.
All pancreas transplants require preprocedure review by the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care. Covered transplants are payable only when performed in a facility that meets requirements specified by the Department. (See subrule 78.3(10).) Transplantation of islet cells or partial pancreatic tissue is not covered, consistent with Medicare criteria.
Most of the changes in policy established by this amendment are currently being covered through exceptions to policy. These changes are supported by medical literature and practice, as reviewed and reported in detail by the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care (IFMC) in the annual Transplant Literature Review done for the Department. Pertaining to pancreas transplants in particular, the changes in coverage and payment policy reflect current coverage and payment criteria in place for the federal Medicare program (i.e., for simultaneous pancreas–kidney and pancreas after kidney transplants) and coverage criteria established by the American Diabetes Association (i.e., for pancreas transplants alone).
This amendment does not provide for waivers of transplant requirements because individuals may request a waiver of those requirements under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
The Department finds that this amendment confers a benefit to Medicaid recipients by enabling them to receive currently noncovered, yet medically necessary organ transplants that are considered to be safe and efficacious under Medicare and other current coverage criteria. This change will also enable physicians and hospitals to provide these services without pursuing coverage through the exception–to–policy process. This change is also estimated to save $1.9 million annually in state dollars by drawing down federal dollars for transplants that are currently paid with all state dollars as exceptions to policy should the current demand for utilization continue. Therefore, this amendment is filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2).
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
This amendment became effective December 12, 2001.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend subrule 78.1(20), paragraph “a,” as follows:
Amend subparagraphs (4) to (6), as follows:
(4) Liver transplants for persons with extrahepatic biliary artesia or any other form of end–stage liver disease, except that coverage is not provided for persons with a malignancy extending beyond the margins of the liver or those with persistent viremia.
Liver transplants require preprocedure review by the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care. (Cross–reference 78.1(19) and 78.28(1)“f.”)
Covered liver transplants are payable only when performed in a facility which that meets the requirements of 78.3(10).
(5) Heart transplants. Artificial hearts and ventricular assist devices, either as a permanent replacement for a human heart or as a temporary life–support system until a human heart becomes available for transplants, are not covered. Heart–lung transplants are not covered where bilateral or unilateral lung transplantation with repair of a congenital cardiac defect is contraindicated.
Heart transplants and heart–lung transplants described above require preprocedure review by the Iowa Founda–tion for Medical Care. (Cross–reference 78.1(19) and 78.28(1)“f.”) Covered heart transplants are payable only when performed in a facility which that meets the requirements of 78.3(10).
(6) Lung transplants. Lung transplants for persons having end–stage pulmonary disease. Lung transplants require preprocedure review by the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care. (Cross–reference 78.1(19) and 78.28(1)“f.”) Covered transplants are payable only when performed in a facility which that meets the requirements of 78.3(10). Heart–lung transplants are not covered consistent with criteria in subparagraph (5) above.
Adopt the following new subparagraph (7):
(7) Pancreas transplants for persons with type I diabetes mellitus, as follows:
1. Simultaneous pancreas–kidney transplants and pancreas after kidney transplants are covered.
2. Pancreas transplants alone are covered for persons exhibiting any of the following:
A history of frequent, acute, and severe metabolic complications (e.g., hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, or keto–acidosis) requiring medical attention.
Clinical problems with exogenous insulin therapy that are so severe as to be incapacitating.
Consistent failure of insulin–based management to prevent acute complications.
The pancreas transplants listed under this subparagraph require preprocedure review by the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care. (Cross–reference 78.1(19) and 78.28(1)“f.”)
Covered transplants are payable only when performed in a facility that meets the requirements of 78.3(10).
Transplantation of islet cells or partial pancreatic tissue is not covered.

[Filed Emergency After Notice 12/12/01, effective 12/12/01]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1252B
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6), the Natural Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 61, “State Parks and Recreation Areas,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments accomplish the following:
1. Add a definition for “special event.”
2. Increase the rental fees for several cabins, yurts, lodges, shelters and group camps.
3. Decrease the rental fee for camping cabins.
4. Amend the wording regarding damage deposits for open shelters with kitchenettes.
5. Add Elk Rock State Park, Marion County, to the list of areas where rock climbing and free climbing are prohibited.
6. Add a new subrule regarding special event permits.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 31, 2001, as ARC 1070B. A public hearing was held on November 26, 2001.
The following changes from the Notice are based on staff review.
In paragraph 61.4(1)“a,” the numbering for the cabins at Lake Wapello State Park, Davis County, was changed. Cabin 14, not cabin 12, rents for a fee of $75 per night and $450 per week. Cabins 1 to 12 each rent for a fee of $60 per night and $360 per week.
In paragraph 61.4(1)“c,” a rental fee of $60 per day for a new lodge at Viking Lake State Park, Montgomery County, was added.
The Department of Natural Resources finds that implementation of the fee amendments after January 1, 2002, would cause confusion to the general public when making lodge/enclosed shelter and cabin rental reservations. Reservations for the rental facilities are taken beginning on the first business day following January 1 of each year. Lodge/enclosed shelter reservation requests must be accompanied with the entire rental fee and sales tax due. Cabin rental reservation requests must be accompanied with a reservation deposit equivalent to one day of the daily rate for that facility. Under the normal rule–making schedule, the fee amendments would not go into effect until February 13, 2002, causing fee changes to facilities already reserved prior to February 13, 2002. Also, new facilities would not have fees established in order to accept reservations beginning in January. The January 1, 2002, effective date confers a benefit on the public as it decreases confusion as to which rental rate is in effect and makes new facilities available for reservations in January. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2).
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 455A.4, 461A.3, 461A.4, 461A.35, 461A.42, 461A.44, 461A.47, 461A.57, and 462.16.
These amendments became effective January 1, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [61.2, 61.4(1), 61.4(6), 61.5(13), 61.5(16)] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1070B, IAB 10/31/01.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 12/19/01, effective 1/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.]
ARC 1257B
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6), the Natural Resource Commission hereby adopts new Chapter 104, “Wildlife Importation and Transportation,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules impose limitations on the importation of deer into the state and require testing and health certification. These new rules are necessary to provide for the safety, health, and welfare of the public and animal populations, either wild or captive, found in Iowa.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Commission finds that notice and public participation are contrary to the public interest because the health of wild animals, domestic livestock, and humans may be jeopardized if these rules are not effective immediately. For example, bovine tuberculosis can be transmitted from wild or captive deer to domestic livestock or humans.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the Commission finds that this chapter must be effective immediately upon filing on December 19, 2001, because of imminent peril to public health.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 481A.47, 481A.62, and 484B.12.
These rules became effective December 19, 2001.
The following new chapter is adopted.

CHAPTER 104
WILDLIFE IMPORTATION AND TRANSPORTATION
571—104.1(481A) Definitions.
“Brucellosis” means bovine brucellosis.
“Certificate of veterinary inspection” means an approved certificate of veterinary inspection which is a legible record accomplished on an official form of the state or province of origin, issued by a licensed, accredited veterinarian and approved by the livestock sanitary official of the state or province of origin; or an equivalent form of the U.S. Department of Agriculture issued by a federally employed veterinarian.
“CWD” means chronic wasting disease.
“Deer” means any deer belonging to the genus odocoileus, i.e., white–tailed deer, mule deer and black–tailed deer. This includes any sperm or eggs from deer belonging to the genus odocoileus.
“Department” means the department of natural resources or designee.
“Endemic area” means an area or portion of a state or province where CWD or TB has been confirmed in either wild or captive deer. The endemic area shall be determined by the state veterinarian or designee of the state or province of the deer’s origin.
“TB” means bovine tuberculosis.
571—104.2(481A) Prohibited movement of deer. A person shall not, directly or indirectly, transport or cause to be transported into or across the state of Iowa any live deer that originated from, or have been located within, an endemic area. This includes live deer that originated from, or have been located within, an endemic area in the last five years.
571—104.3(481A) Importation and transportation of deer from nonendemic areas.
104.3(1) Deer may be transported into or across the state of Iowa only when accompanied by a certificate of veterinary inspection. The owner of deer that remain in Iowa shall retain all certificates of veterinary inspection.
104.3(2) All deer transported into Iowa must be in compliance with the uniform methods and rules set forth in U.S. Department of Agriculture, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service bulletins 91–45–001, “Tuberculosis Eradication in Cervidae,” (effective February 3, 1989), 91–45–005 (effective May 15, 1994, including 1996 amendments) and 91–45–12, “Brucellosis in Cervidae,” (effective September 30, 1998).
104.3(3) All deer transported into Iowa must be in compliance with CWD regulations as outlined in 21—Chapter 64.
571—104.4(481A) Inspection. The department may inspect any shipment of deer and accompanying certificate of veterinary inspection or shipment documentation. The department may quarantine or destroy any deer that are found to be infected with CWD or TB.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 481A.47, 481A.62 and 484B.12.

[Filed Emergency 12/19/01, effective 12/19/01]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1278B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.4(2), 476.1, 476.2, and 47 U.S.C. § 254(f), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on December 19, 2001, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–01–15, In re: Lifeline Assistance Rates, “Order Adopting Emergency Rule Making,” amending 199 IAC 39.3(2)“b” concerning changes to federal Lifeline assistance rates. The amended rule will allow telecommunication carriers to comply with changing federal Lifeline assistance rates and maintain compliance with Board rules.
The purpose of this amendment is to eliminate the federal baseline Lifeline support amount specification set forth in 199 IAC 39.3(2)“b.” The support amount specified in the current rule, $3.50, does not reflect an increase in the monthly credit for Lifeline customers recently ordered by theFederal Communications Commission (FCC) in CC No. 01–304. The increase from $3.50 to $5.00 goes into effect January 1, 2002, and additional increases are planned later in this year. By eliminating the reference to a specific amount, tariffs filed by telecommunication carriers reflecting the correct amount under federal law will also be in compliance with Board rules. The amendment will make it unnecessary to update the rules when the federal support amount changes in the future.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary because the amendment simply eliminates the specification of the monthly credit amount for Lifeline customers as changes in federal law have rendered the previous amount inaccurate. The change to the rule has no other effect on certification or professional practices.
The Board also finds that, pursuant to Iowa Code 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the normal effective date of the amendment should be waived and this amendment should be made effective upon filing on December 19, 2001, as it confers a benefit on telecommunication carriers by eliminating an incorrect credit amount which, if reflected in their tariffs, would render them noncompliant with federal law.
This amendment became effective December 19, 2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.4(2), 476.1, 476.2, and 47 U.S.C. § 254(f).
The following amendment is adopted:

Amend paragraph 39.3(2)“b” as follows:
b. Lifeline assistance rates. The rates charged to qualified applicants shall reflect the following:
(1) Eligible carriers that charge federal end–user common line charges or equivalent federal charges must apply the federal baseline Lifeline support of $3.50 to waive the Lifeline consumer’s federal end–user common line charges.
(2) Eligible carriers that do not charge federal end–user common line charges or equivalent federal charges must apply the federal baseline Lifeline support amount of $3.50 to reduce the Lifeline consumer’s lowest tariffed residential rate.
(3) Qualified applicants shall have their monthly local exchange service rate reduced by the federal support of $1.75, in addition to the $3.50 of baseline federal support used either to waive the Lifeline consumer’s federal end–user common line charges, or to reduce the Lifeline consumer’s residential rate.
(4) Eligible carriers may not collect a service deposit in order to initiate Lifeline service, if the qualified applicant voluntarily elects toll blocking where available.

[Filed Emergency 12/19/01, effective 12/19/01]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.



FILED
ARC 1268B
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 190C.12 and 190C.13, the Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship hereby rescinds Chapter 47, “Organic Certification and Organic Standards,” and adopts a new Chapter 47, “Iowa Organic Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter establishes rules for producers, processors and handlers of organic agricultural products in accordance with new federal regulations.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1045B on October 17, 2001. Public comments concerning these rules were accepted until the close of business on November 6, 2001. No public comments were received. These rules are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
This chapter does not contain a waiver provision; however, the Department’s waiver rules in 21—Chapter 8 apply to this new chapter.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 190C.
These rules will become effective February 13, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these rules [Ch 47] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1045B, IAB 10/17/01.
[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.]
ARC 1260B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.133, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby amends Chapter 22, “Controlling Pollution,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 seeks to revise the deadline for which an application for a significant modification of a Title V permit is due. Currently, subparagraph 22.105(1)“a”(4) requires an application at least 6 months prior to any planned significant modification of a Title V permit. While 40 CFR Part 70 does not specifically address a deadline for significant modification application, Subpart 70.5(a)(1)(ii) states that a complete application to obtain a Title V permit or permit revision is required within 12 months after commencing operation or on or before such earlier date as the permitting authority may establish. This rule making seeks to change the deadline for application submittal to no later than 3 months after commencing operation of the changed source. The Department has received two requests from the regulated public that this subparagraph be revised or deleted. This rule making is an attempt to address concerns over permit timing issues. Three months is considered adequate time to prepare an application for modification of a Title V permit so that the permit remains consistent with current operations at the facility.
Item 2 reiterates the deadline for which an application for a significant modification of a Title V permit is due. New subrule 22.113(4) is intended to make clear when the application for a significant modification is due.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1021B. An informational meeting was held on August 22, 2001, and a public hearing was held on November 15, 2001. No oral or written comments were received. No changes were made from the Notice.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 455B.133.
These amendments shall become effective on February 13, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 22.105(1), paragraph “a,” subparagraph (4), as follows:
(4) At least 6 months prior to any planned significant modification of a Title V permit. See rule 22.113(455B). For a change that is subject to the requirements for a significant permit modification (see rule 22.113(455B)), the permittee shall submit to the department an application for a significant permit modification not later than three months after commencing operation of the changed source unless the existing Title V permit would prohibit such construction or change in operation, in which event the operation of the changed source may not commence until the department revises the permit.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 567—22.113(455B) by adopting the following new subrule:
22.113(4) For a change that is subject to the require–ments for a significant permit modification (see rule 22.113(455B)), the permittee shall submit to the depart–ment an application for a significant permit modification not later than three months after commencing operation of the changed source unless the existing Title V permit would prohibit such construction or change in operation, in which event the operation of the changed source may not commence until the department revises the permit.

[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1249B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.200, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby amends Chapter 65, “Animal Feeding Operations,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments address the subject of five public hearings held across the state during December 2000, pursuant to a Notice of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0278B. On June 19, 2000, the Commission voted to deny a petition for rule making filed by 16 Iowa legislators urging the preconstruction filing of manure management plans for confinement feeding operations that did not need construction permits, but directed that the Animal Agriculture Consulting Organization be consulted and that public hearings be held to seek input.
These amendments require the owner of a planned confinement feeding operation, who is not a permit applicant but who still must file a manure management plan, to file the plan at least 30 days prior to initiating construction. Under these amendments, the manure management plan must include documentation that the plan has been filed with the county where the operation is located and information pertaining to separation distances and ownership/management of other nearby operations.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the September 19, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0938B. A public hearing was held and comments were accepted through October 17, 2001. A number of comments were received and they are addressed in a responsiveness summary which may be obtained from the Department of Natural Resources. One of the comments concerning the impact on separation distance requirements is addressed by an amendment to subrule 65.11(1), which imposes a requirement similar to that already in effect for operations needing a construction permit: In order for the separation distance requirement to apply, the residence, business, church, school, public use area or thoroughfare must exist at the time the manure management plan is submitted to the Department of Natural Resources.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 455B.203.
These amendments will become effective February 13, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 65.11(1) as follows:
65.11(1) Separation from residences, businesses, churches, schools, public use areas, and thoroughfares shall be as specified in Iowa Code section 455B.162 and summarized in Table 6 and Table 7 at the end of this chapter. The residence, business, church, school, public use area or thoroughfare must exist at the time an applicant submits an application for a construction permit to the department or at the time a manure management plan is submitted if a construction permit is not required, or at the time construction of the animal feeding operation structure begins if a construction permit or manure management plan is not required.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 567—65.16(455B) by adopting the following new subrule 65.16(2) and renumbering existing subrules 65.16(2) through 65.16(4) as 65.16(3) through 65.16(5):
65.16(2) Effective February 13, 2002, an owner of a proposed confinement feeding operation who is required to file a manure management plan pursuant to paragraph 65.16(1)“b” shall submit the confinement feeding operation’s manure management plan to the department at least 30 days before the construction of an animal feeding operation structure begins, as that term is defined in subrules 65.8(1) and 65.8(2). After the manure management plan has been received by the department, the department will date–stamp the plan as received and provide written confirmation of receipt to the owner. In addition to the content requirements specified in rule 65.17(455B), the owner shall include:
a. Documentation that the board of supervisors or auditor of the county where the confinement feeding operation is proposed to be located received a copy of the plan.
b. Information (e.g., maps, drawings, aerial photos) that clearly shows the intended location of the animal feeding operation structures and locations and animal weight capacities of any other confinement feeding operations within a distance of 2,500 feet in which the owner has an ownership interest or which the owner manages.

[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1248B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.474, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 134, “Certification of Groundwater Professionals,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Subrule 134.2(3) has been replaced and subrule 134.3(3) rescinded. These subrules were used to implement a transition period from the groundwater professional registration program to a certification process. Subrule 134.3(3) is no longer needed. Subrule 134.3(5) has been amended to clarify that 12 hours of continuing education are required during each two–year certification period in order to receive recertification. The continuing education hours cannot be carried over to the next certification period.
Subrule 134.2(3) now requires professional engineers exempted from the certification examination to take the risk–based corrective action (RBCA) instruction course offered by the Department before certification is granted. Previously, the course was required in the first year of certification as part of the engineer’s continuing education.
Notice of Intended Action was published October 17, 2001, as ARC 1023B. No changes have been made from the Notice. A public hearing was held November 6, 2001. No one attended the hearing. One written comment was received. The commentor’s interpretation of the Code of Iowa would require certified groundwater professionals that submit remediation plans and reports to be professional engineers. The commentor recommended Chapter 134 be modified accordingly. This issue has been raised before and has been discussed with the Engineering Board of Examiners. The Commission considers the legislation requiring the certification of individuals conducting assessment and remediation work at underground storage tank sites to be specific in nature. The legislation supersedes the requirement for plans and reports to be submitted by a professional engineer.
Applicants who fail to pass the certification examination a second time are now required to complete a regular RBCA course of instruction before retaking the examination.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 455G.18.
These amendments will become effective February 13, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [134.2(3), 134.3(3), 134.3(5), 134.3(6)] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1023B, IAB 10/17/01.
[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.]
ARC 1247B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.474, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby amends Chapter 135, “Technical Standards and Corrective Action Requirements for Owners and Operators of Underground Storage Tanks,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments incorporate the changes made by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 636, sections 1 and 2, effective July 1, 2001.
The amendments remove the requirement for the person depositing a regulated substance in an unregistered underground storage tank to notify the owners or operators of their duty to register tanks. Also, the person is not required to report the unregistered tank to the department or provide the owner or operator with a tank registration form. However, it still remains unlawful for both the depositor and the person accepting the regulated substance to deposit a regulated substance into tanks that have not been registered and issued permanent or annual tank tags.
Paragraph 135.3(3)“j” in Item 2 makes it unlawful to deposit a regulated substance in an underground storage tank after being notified by the Department that the tank is not covered by an approved form of financial responsibility such as insurance. The depositor and person accepting the substance are subject to fines and penalties for depositing a regulated substance under these conditions.
The $25 additional registration fee for failing to register a tank has been increased to $250. Also, the additional $250 fee now applies for failure to obtain annual tank tags.
A person who installs underground storage tanks and the owner or operator must now notify the Department in writing of the intent to install a tank. A person selling, installing, modifying or repairing a tank used or intended to be used as an underground storage tank must now notify both the purchaser and owner or operator of the tank of the tank registration requirements.
The Department may deny registration and annual tank tags for underground storage tanks for which the owner or operator has not provided proof of financial responsibility coverage to the Department. Item 3 of these amendments requires owners and operators to provide such proof as a condition of receipt of tank registration and annual tank management fee tags without which the owners and operators cannot lawfully obtain product.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1019B. No changes have been made from the Notice.
A public hearing was held on November 6, 2001. No one attended the hearing. One written comment was received. The commentor was concerned about the ability to receive product to provide ballast to the tanks and testing the tanks and lines during installation. Subrule 135.3(3) allows the Department to authorize product delivery for these purposes. It will continue to be allowed as before. The tank system will not be allowed to operate until financial responsibility is obtained.
These amendments will become effective February 13, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 455B.473 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 636, sections 1 and 2.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [135.3(3)“c,” “h” to “k,” 135.3(5)“b” and “d”] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1019B, IAB 10/17/01.
[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.]
ARC 1232B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 41, “Granting Assistance,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment December 12, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1008B.
This amendment eliminates the provisions of not counting toward the 60–month Family Investment Program (FIP) limit a month for which all assistance is returned by the family or a month for which all assistance is reimbursed via support collections or overpayment recoveries.
Federal law limits FIP assistance to families to a total of 60 months in their lifetime. Assistance beyond the 60–month period may be provided to families with hardship conditions that affect their ability to become self–supporting during the 60–month period.
Unless exempt from the 60–month limit, each month that a family receives a FIP grant is counted toward the 60–month limit. Under the current rules, a month of FIP assistance is not counted toward the 60–month limit when:
1. The family returns all FIP assistance for the month.
2. All FIP assistance for the month is reimbursed via support collections.
3. All FIP assistance for the month is reimbursed via overpayment recoveries.
To determine if a month of FIP assistance has been repaid or reimbursed, a month–by–month comparison of FIP paid out to the family versus support collections, overpayment recoveries and voluntary repayments is required. Adjustments to the 60–month period then have to be recorded on the 60–month eligibility tracking system.
The overpayment recovery computer system records only the total amount owed by a family for the time period in question. It does not record the amount owed for each month. For example, if a family owes $30 FIP for June, $100 FIP for July and $200 FIP for August, a $330 overpayment is recorded for the period of June through August.
Each repayment type is recorded on a different computer system. To perform the comparison, information is needed from four different computer systems. There is no interface among the four systems. Because the overpayment recovery system is not set up to record recoveries on a monthly basis, it is incompatible with the other systems.
Major system reprogramming is required to produce any kind of automated monthly report to field staff or to perform an automated monthly comparison of FIP paid out versus FIP repaid for the month. Budget and staff levels cannot support the needed system changes. Lacking the needed technology, the only option is a labor–intensive, cumbersome and error–prone manual process. The additional administrative burden on field staff may adversely impact timely and accurate eligibility determinations for FIP and other assistance programs.
It is not uncommon for families to have received countable FIP assistance on multiple cases over time. They may also have multiple child support or overpayment records. Because some families cycle on and off FIP, the 60–month period may take a family longer than 60 months to complete, making a manual monthly comparison even more complicated. Tracking of repayments and reimbursements would have to continue after the family has gone off FIP to be able to adjust the 60–month period should the family reapply for FIP.
For these reasons, the Department is eliminating the offset criteria. The intent of the 60–month FIP limit is to assist families to become self–sufficient and move off public assistance. A number of states have chosen more restrictive time limits. Iowa is deeply committed to providing assistance to needy families and has chosen the maximum 60–month limit allowed under federal law. In addition, Iowa has chosen to provide assistance beyond the 60–month limit to families that need more time because of barriers that prevent them from reaching self–sufficiency. Families that have reached the 60–month limit and that need additional assistance have an opportunity to obtain the assistance by requesting a hardship exemption. There is no limit on the number of hardship exemptions a family that meets the criteria may receive over time.
This amendment does not provide for a waiver to these changes because families that have reached the 60–month limit and that need additional assistance have an opportunity to obtain the assistance by requesting a hardship exemption. Persons may also request a waiver of the 60–month limit under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441— 1.8(17A,217).
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 234.
This amendment shall become effective March 1, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend subrule 41.30(2), paragraph “d,” by rescinding and reserving subparagraphs (3) and (4).

[Filed 12/12/01, effective 3/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1235B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 77, “Conditions of Participation for Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” and Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments December 12, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1009B.
These amendments make the following changes in audiology and hearing aid services covered by the Medicaid program:
Permit vestibular testing by an audiologist when prescribed by a physician. Audiologists are trained to perform vestibular testing and are reimbursed by Medicare.
Establish a prior authorization requirement for hearing aids costing more than $650. There are no current upper payment limits on hearing aids. The Audiology and Hearing Aid Dispenser Medicaid Advisory Group recommended prior authorization for hearing aids costing more than $650 as a cost–saving measure.
Clarify that shipping and handling charges are not included in acquisition costs. Federal regulations prohibit Medicaid reimbursement for shipping and handling.
Update the term “hearing aid dealer” to “hearing aid dispenser.”
These needed corrections were identified while completing the rule assessment mandated by Executive Order Number 8.
These amendments do not provide for waivers to the prior authorization requirement because some limit must be set on the cost of hearing aids from a cost standpoint. The remaining changes either provide a benefit or clarify current policy and do not require a waiver. Individuals may request a waiver of departmental policy under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
Eight public hearings were held around the state on these amendments. No one attended the public hearings and no comments were received.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
These amendments shall become effective March 1, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [77.13, 78.14, 78.28(4)] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1009B, IAB 10/17/01.
[Filed 12/12/01, effective 3/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.]
ARC 1236B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 77, “Conditions of Participation for Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” and Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments December 12, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1010B.
These amendments add coverage of a dental hygienist’s services in screening centers and correct the instructions for submitting a screening center provider application. These needed corrections were identified while completing the rule assessment mandated by Executive Order Number 8.
Dental services provided by dental hygienists in screening centers are currently being approved under the Department’s exception–to–policy process.
These amendments do not provide for waivers because the amendments confer a benefit by expanding services covered in a screening center and clarify policy.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
These amendments shall become effective March 1, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—77.16(249A) as follows:
441—77.16(249A) Screening centers. Public or private health agencies are eligible to participate as screening centers when they have the staff and facilities needed to perform all of the elements of screening specified in 441—78.18(249A) and meet the department of public health’s standards for a child health screening center. The staff members must be em–ployed by or under contract with the screening center. Applications Screening centers shall direct applications to participate shall be directed to the Division of Medical Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319– 0114 Medicaid fiscal agent.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—78.18(249A) by adopting the following new subrule 78.18(8):
78.18(8) Payment shall be made for dental services pro–
vided by a dental hygienist employed by or under contract with a screening center.

[Filed 12/12/01, effective 3/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1237B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 28, subsections 4 and 6, and section 49, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 77, “Conditions of Participation for Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” and Chapter 80, “Procedure and Method of Payment,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code, and adopts Chapter 186, “Child Welfare Targeted Case Management Services.”
These amendments implement a new service under the Medicaid State Plan, child welfare targeted case management services. The Seventy–ninth General Assembly directed the Department to pursue federal approval of a state plan amendment to use medical assistance funding for targeted case management services. The population to be served through targeted case management services is children who are at risk of maltreatment or who are in need of protective services.
Section 1915(g)(1) and (2) of the Social Security Act state that:
“(1) A State may provide, as medical assistance, case management services under the plan without regard to therequirements of section 1902(a)(1) and section 1902(a)(10)(B). The provision of case management services under this subsection shall not restrict the choice of the individual to receive medical assistance in violation of section 1902(a)(23)....”
“(2) For purposes of this subsection, the term “case management services” means services which will assist individuals eligible under the plan in gaining access to needed medical, social, educational, and other services.”
These amendments define and structure the department of human services child welfare targeted case management program. Child welfare targeted case management services assist children in gaining and coordinating access to necessary care and services appropriate to their individual needs. Qualified case managers employed by certified public provider organizations perform case management services.
These amendments establish child eligibility, covered child welfare targeted case management services, provider certification standards and requirements, case manager qualifications, and children’s rights.
The Department will not certify providers as child welfare targeted case management service providers until approval for federal funding of child welfare targeted case management services under the Medicaid program is received from the federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.
Child welfare targeted case management services are provided at the choice of the child and family. These services will most frequently be provided in conjunction with other child welfare services, as a result of protective services concerns. During the intake process, providers of child welfare services must offer children and families the option of having child welfare targeted case management services funded by Medicaid, but the receipt of child welfare services including the targeted case management functions is not optional when ordered by the juvenile court. Providers will not be required to have separate and distinct criteria for accessing targeted case management services provided in conjunction with other child welfare services. Separate and distinct criteria for accessing targeted case management services will be required when child welfare targeted case management services are provided as a “stand alone” service.
These amendments do not provide for waivers, as these changes will enhance coordination of child welfare services to children and families and were mandated by the General Assembly.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the July 11, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0778B. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was published in the July 11, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0777B.
The following revisions were made to the Notice of Intended Action:
The last sentence of the preamble to Chapter 186 was revised by changing the term “certified providers” to “certified provider organizations” to clarify that only organizations and not individuals can be providers in response to concerns from Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS).
Rule 441—186.1(249A) was revised by adopting a definition of “organization.” The definition is the same as that used by the Department in 441—Chapter 24. In addition, the Code of Federal Regulations citation in the definition of “child welfare services” was corrected from “42 CFR” to “45 CFR,” and the phrase “eligible individual child” in the definition of “child welfare targeted case management services” was changed to “eligible child,” to eliminate redundancy.
Rule 441—186.2(249A) was revised to correct the eligibility requirements for child welfare targeted case management. The exceptions to those children receiving or in need of child welfare services were inadvertently omitted at the time the amendments were originally adopted.
Rule 441—186.4(249A) was rewritten to clarify the definition of “provider” in response to concerns from CMS.
Rule 441—186.5(249A) was revised by replacing the term “Health Care Financing Administration” with the term “Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services” to reflect the name change of the federal agency.
These revisions are being made to address some of CMS’s concerns. Final approval from CMS for child welfare targeted case management services is still pending. Changes are being made at this time because the Notice is due to expire. If additional changes are needed to receive CMS approval, the changes will be made in a later filing, or if approval is denied, these amendments will be rescinded.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments December 12, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 28, subsection 4.
These amendments shall become effective March 1, 2002, at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—77.29(249A) as follows:
441—77.29(249A) Case management provider organizations. Case management provider organizations are eligible to participate in the Medicaid program provided that they meet the standards for the populations being served. Providers shall meet the following standards:
77.29(1) Standards in 441—Chapter 24. Providers shall meet the standards in 441—Chapter 24 and when they are the department of human services, a county or consortium of counties, or an agency or provider under subcontract to the department or a county or consortium of counties providing case management services to persons with mental retardation, developmental disabilities or chronic mental illness.
77.29(2) Standards in 441—Chapter 186. Providers shall meet the standards in 441—Chapter 186 when providing child welfare targeted case management services as defined in 441—Chapter 186.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—78.33(249A) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—78.33(249A) Case management services. Payment on a monthly payment per enrollee basis will be approved for the case management functions required in 441—Chapter 24 or 441—Chapter 186.
Amend subrules 78.33(1) and 78.33(2), introductory paragraphs, as follows:
78.33(1) Payment will be approved for case management services pursuant to 441—Chapter 24 to:
78.33(2) Payment for services pursuant to 441—Chapter 24 to recipients under age 18 residing in a child welfare decategorization county shall be made when the following conditions are met:
Adopt the following new subrule 78.33(3):
78.33(3) Payment will be approved for case management services pursuant to 441—Chapter 186 to recipients under 18 years of age who are receiving or are in need of child welfare services as defined in 441—Chapter 186.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 80.2(2), paragraph “ad,” as follows:
ad. Case management providers shall submit claims on Form 470–2486, Claim for Targeted Medical Care, for services provided pursuant to 441—Chapter 24 and on FACS–generated claims for services provided pursuant to 441— Chapter 186.
ITEM 4. Adopt the following new 441—Chapter 186:

CHAPTER 186
CHILD WELFARE TARGETED
CASE MANAGEMENT SERVICES

PREAMBLE

These rules define and structure the department of human services child welfare targeted case management program. Child welfare targeted case management services assist children in gaining and coordinating access to necessary care and services appropriate to their individual needs. Qualified case managers employed by certified provider organizations perform case management services.
This chapter sets out child eligibility, covered child welfare targeted case management services, provider certification standards and requirements, case manager qualifications, and children’s rights.
441—186.1(249A) Definitions.
“Child” means a person under 18 years of age.
“Child welfare services” means public social services provided under Title IV–B of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sections 620 – 629e), as defined in 45 CFR 1357.10, as amended to May 31, 2001.
“Child welfare targeted case management services” means activities designed to plan, coordinate, link, monitor, and evaluate access to necessary medical, educational and other services, including child welfare services, for an eligible child. Child welfare targeted case management services do not include direct services. The services are directed toward ensuring the safety, health, well–being, and permanency of the eligible child.
“Department” means the department of human services.
“Division” means the division of adult, children and family services of the department.
“Organization” means the entity being certified under this chapter that is a governmental entity or is an entity that meets Iowa Code requirements for a business organization as a for–profit or not–for–profit business including, but not limited to, a business corporation under Iowa Code chapter 490 or a nonprofit corporation under Iowa Code chapter 504A. “Organization” does not mean an individual for whom a license to engage in a profession is required under Iowa Code section 147.2 or any individual providing a service if the individual is not organized as a corporation or other business entity recognized under Iowa law.
441—186.2(249A) Eligibility. A child shall be eligible for child welfare targeted case management services if the child is:
1. Medicaid–eligible or if the child has another payment source;
2. Under 18 years of age; and
3. Receiving or is in need of child welfare services except for a child who is:
Adjudicated delinquent;
Living in Medicaid–funded facilities, or
Receiving Medicaid–funded targeted case management services for people with mental retardation, developmental disabilities, or chronic mental illness.
441—186.3(249A) Services.
186.3(1) Covered services. Covered child welfare targeted case management services shall include all of the following:
a. Assessing the child’s need for case management services.
b. Developing, completing, and regularly reviewing a written individual service plan with the assistance of and input from the child and parents or legal guardians, and other relevant persons.
c. Communicating with the child and parents or legal guardian, and other relevant persons identified as necessary to the development or implementation of the goals of the individual service plan for the child.
d. Coordinating referrals for service with appropriate service providers.
e. Coordinating and monitoring service delivery to ensure quality and effectiveness of services.
f. Monitoring and evaluating services on a regular basis to ensure appropriateness and continued need.
g. Completing and maintaining necessary documentation to support and verify the provision of child welfare targeted case management services.
186.3(2) Service contacts. Providers of child welfare targeted case management services shall document all contacts between the case manager and the child, child’s parents, primary caregiver, legal representative, or other relevant persons identified as necessary for the safety, health, well–being, and permanency of the child. At a minimum, these contacts shall include:
a. Face–to–face contact with the child once every three months; and
b. Contact with the child, parent or legal guardian, or another person, as necessary to develop or monitor the child’s service plan in any month in which there is no face–to–face contact with the child.
441—186.4(249A) Provider certification criteria. Certification is the process by which the department shall ensure that providers meet the requirements for provision of child welfare targeted case management services.
186.4(1) Provider organization criteria. Each organization providing child welfare targeted case management services shall meet the following criteria for certification:
a. Have legal authority to provide child welfare services and demonstrate capacity and experience in providing child welfare targeted case management services.
b. Have a minimum of three years of experience working with children and families served by the child welfare system.
c. Demonstrate capacity to provide all core elements of case management, including assessment, case planning, case plan implementation, case plan coordination, and case plan reassessment.
d. Have full access to pertinent records concerning the child’s need for services, including the records of the juvenile court and the department.
e. Demonstrate ability to document and maintain individual case records in accordance with state and federal requirements.
f. Demonstrate ability to document services and costs in accordance with the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) A–87 principles.
g. Demonstrate ability to meet federal and state requirements for participation in the state Medicaid program, including requirements for billing procedures and financial audits.
186.4(2) Case manager criteria. The provider shall document the education and experience of the case managers employed to provide case management services under this chapter. A case manager shall have:
a. A degree from an accredited four–year college or university;
b. The equivalent of four years of full–time work experience involving direct contact with people who are overcoming social, economic, psychological, or health problems; or
c. An equivalent combination of education and experience substituting the equivalent of one year of full–time qualifying work experience for one year (30 semester hours or equivalent hours) of the required education.
186.4(3) Policies and procedures. The provider organization shall have policies and procedures in place to ensure that:
a. Eligible children and parents or legal guardians are permitted to choose any certified provider of child welfare targeted case management services and are permitted to choose not to receive child welfare targeted case management services.
b. Each child receiving services under this chapter shall be treated with respect. Each contact and activity by the provider shall support the child’s abilities and dignity, and shall enhance the child’s safety, health, well–being, and permanency to the extent possible. Case managers shall monitor provision of services by others pursuant to the child’s service plan to ensure similarly respectful delivery of services.
c. Criteria for accessing child welfare targeted case management services and criteria for determining need for child welfare targeted case management services are established.
d. Adverse actions are handled pursuant to rule 441— 130.5(234) or pursuant to policies and procedures of the same scope.
e. Concerns or complaints of a child, parent or legal guardian, or other persons aggrieved by the actions of a case manager or provider pursuant to this chapter are addressed.
441—186.5(249A) Certification. The division shall certify providers as child welfare targeted case management service providers pursuant to this chapter after receiving approval for federal funding of child welfare targeted case management services under the Medicaid program from the federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Providers shall initiate the certification process by submitting an application for certification to the division. The division shall certify each provider that meets standards. The certification process shall examine the provider’s ability to meet certification standards as set forth in this chapter and other federal and state requirements for this service.
186.5(1) Period of certification. Providers that meet these standards shall be fully certified for a period of three years.
186.5(2) Provisional certification. Providers that fail to meet one or more of these standards shall be provisionally certified if the failure does not cause serious risk of harm to a child or compromise the fiscal integrity of the service. To gain full certification, a provisionally certified provider must submit a corrective action plan for approval by the division and satisfy all requirements of an approved corrective action plan, all within six months of the issuance of provisional certification. Failure to present and satisfy an approved corrective action plan within six months of provisional certification shall result in withdrawal of provisional certification.
186.5(3) Denial of certification. Certification shall be denied to any provider whose services under this chapter are of such quality that children are put at serious risk of harm.
186.5(4) Nonassignability of certification. Certification is not transferable or assignable to another provider.
186.5(5) Appeal procedure. A provider aggrieved by a certification decision may file a complaint with the division within 30 days of receipt of the notice of decision. Providers not satisfied with the decision of the division may file an appeal pursuant to 441—Chapter 7. Complaints not resolved with the division within 45 days of submittal of the complaint may proceed to administrative appeal pursuant to 441—Chapter 7.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4 and 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 732, section 28, subsection 4.

[Filed 12/12/01, effective 3/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1238B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment on December 12, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1011B. ARC 1011B is being separated into two filings for the purpose of adoption. (See ARC 1239B herein which is being filed as an Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice rule.)
This amendment revises Medicaid policy governing payment for transplants as follows:
Policy is clarified regarding allogeneic bone marrow transplants for the treatment of leukemia. Payment is covered only for treatment of acute myelocytic leukemia in relapse or remission, chronic myelogenous leukemia, and acute lymphocytic leukemia in remission. Payment is not covered for chronic lymphocytic leukemia or any other leukemias not listed.
This amendment does not provide for waivers of transplant requirements because individuals may request a waiver of those requirements under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
This amendment shall become effective March 1, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend subrule 78.1(20), paragraph “a,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) Allogeneic bone marrow transplants for the treatment of leukemia, aplastic anemia, severe combined immunodeficiency disease (SCID), or Wiskott–Aldrich syndrome, or the following types of leukemia: acute myelocytic leukemia in relapse or remission, chronic myelogenous leukemia, and acute lymphocytic leukemia in remission.

[Filed 12/12/01, effective 3/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1240B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment December 12, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1012B.
This amendment revises Medicaid policy governing rehabilitation agencies to clarify that family members receiving therapy may be included as part of the group in group therapy, to update rule references related to supervision of assistants, and to correct a misspelling. These needed corrections were identified while the Department was completing the rule assessment mandated by Executive Order Number 8.
This amendment does not provide for waivers because the amendment is merely meant to clarify policy and make it more understandable.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
This amendment shall become effective March 1, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend subrule 78.19(1) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” subparagraph (6), numbered paragraph “2,” as follows:
2. Services must be provided primarily on an individual basis. Group therapy is covered, but total units of service in a month shall not exceed total units of individual therapy. Family members receiving therapy may be included as part of a group.
Amend paragraph “b,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) A qualified physical therapy therapist assistant may provide any restorative services performed by a licensed physical therapist under supervision of the therapist as set forth in the department of public health, professional licensure division, 645—subrule 200.20(7).
Amend paragraph “b,” subparagraph (8), third unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
After 12 months of maintenance therapy, a reevaluation is a covered service, if medically necessary. A reevaluation will be considered medically necessary only if there is a significant change in residential or employment situation or the patient exhibits an increase or decrease in functional ability or motivation, clearing of confusion, or the remission of some other medical condition which previously counterindicated contraindicated restorative therapy. A statement by the interdisciplinary team of a person with developmental disabilities recommending a reevaluation and stating the basis for medical necessity will be considered as supporting the necessity of a reevaluation and may expedite approval.
Amend paragraph “c,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) To be covered under rehabilitation agency services, occupational therapy services must be included in a plan of treatment, improve or restore practical functions which have been impaired by illness, injury, or disabling condition, or enhance the person’s ability to perform those tasks required for independent functioning, be prescribed by a physician under a plan of treatment, be performed by a qualified licensed occupational therapist or a qualified licensed occupational therapy therapist assistant under the general supervision of a qualified licensed occupational therapist as set forth in the department of public health, professional licensure division, rule 645—201.9(148B), and be reasonable and necessary for the treatment of the person’s illness, injury, or disabling condition.

[Filed 12/12/01, effective 3/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1241B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 81, “Nursing Facilities,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment December 12, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1013B.
This amendment changes the implementation date from July 1, 2002, to July 1, 2003, for changing the nursing facility occupancy rate from 80 percent to 85 percent. This correction is being made at the request of the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the nursing facility industry, and others interested in long–term care services. This correction will be applied retroactively to July 1, 2001, to coincide with other rules involving implementation of the modified price–based case–mix reimbursement system.
This amendment does not provide for waiver of the Medicaid nursing facility reimbursement system because all facilities should be subject to the same system.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
This amendment shall become effective March 1, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.

Amend subrule 81.6(16), paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Non–state–owned nursing facilities. Beginning July 1, 2001, patient days for purposes of the computation of administrative, environmental, and property expenses shall be inpatient days as specified in subrule 81.6(7) or 80 percent of the licensed capacity of the facility, whichever is greater.
Beginning July 1, 2002 2003, and thereafter, patient days for purposes of the computation of administrative, environmental, and property expenses shall be inpatient days as determined in subrule 81.6(7) or 85 percent of the licensed capacity of the facility, whichever is greater.
Patient days for purposes of the computation of all other expenses shall be inpatient days as determined in subrule 81.6(7).

[Filed 12/12/01, effective 3/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1242B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 84, “Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis, and Treatment,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments December 12, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1014B.
These amendments revise rules governing the Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis, and Treatment (EPSDT) program in response to an assessment of the rules completed under the rules review process mandated by Executive Order Number 8. These revisions:
Add a preamble explaining the purpose of the EPSDT program and contents of the chapter.
Clarify the definition of “screening.”
Add a cross–reference to explain information services covered by Medicaid and delete unnecessary detail regarding the process, which varies depending on the Medicaid coverage group.
Clarify coverage of interperiodic screens. Interpe–riodic screens may be furnished when medically necessary to determine whether a child has a physical or mental illness or condition that may require further assessment, diagnosis or treatment.
Delete a form that the client is no longer required to sign.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified situations because the EPSDT program confers a benefit on children and these amendments are meant to clarify policy and make it more understandable.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
These amendments shall become effective March 1, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend 441—Chapter 84 by adopting the following new Preamble:
PREAMBLE
This chapter defines and structures the early and periodic screening, diagnosis and treatment services provided under the Medicaid program to eligible children under the age of 21. As further described in these rules, services include physical and mental health screenings (including hearing and vision), laboratory tests, immunizations, and health education. Services are provided in compliance with federal regulations at Title 42, Part 441, Subpart B, as amended to November 16, 1984.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—84.1(249A) as follows:
Amend the definition of “screening” as follows:
“Screening” is the use of quick, simple procedures to sort out apparently well persons from those who may have a disease or abnormality and to identify those in need of more definitive study. These services shall be provided in accordance with reasonable standards of medical and dental practice.
Adopt the following new definition in alphabetical order:
“Interperiodic screen” means a screen that occurs between the times stated in the periodicity schedule in 441—subrule 78.18(3).
ITEM 3. Amend subrules 84.3(4) and 84.3(7) as follows:
84.3(4) Health education including anticipatory guidance. See 441—subparagraph 78.18(6)“b”(1) for a description of the information services.
84.3(7) Direct dental referral for children over age one 12 months.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441—84.4(249A) as follows:
441—84.4(249A) Referral.
84.4(1) The availability of early and periodic screening shall be discussed with the payee for any Medicaid–eligible child under the age of 21 at the time of application and periodically thereafter, but no less often than at the time of the annual in–person review in compliance with federal regulations at Title 42, Part 441, Subpart B, as amended to November 16, 1984.
84.4(2) Screening shall be offered to each eligible individual according to the periodicity schedule in 441—subrule 78.18(3) when screening has been accepted, or on at least an annual basis when screening has been rejected. Interperiodic screens may be furnished when medically necessary to determine whether a child has a physical or mental illness or condition that may require further assessment, diagnosis, or treatment.
84.4(3) When an individual has not had a screening examination during the preceding 12 months, the worker shall discuss the desirability of the screening with the recipient at the time of the next review. When the recipient agrees to the referral, the worker shall complete Form MA–2119–0, Referral for Screening, and have the recipient sign it.

[Filed 12/12/01, effective 3/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1243B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 88, “Managed Health Care Providers,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments December 12, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1015B.
These amendments make the following revisions to policy governing the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health:
Change policy to be consistent with contract language that requires the contractor to authorize up to 14 calendar days of additional funding on an administrative basis for enrollees under the age of 18 if a safe and appropriate living arrangement is not available.
Remove policy requiring the contractor to pay crossover claims and copayment amounts. Due to administrative costs, crossover and copayment claims were never included in the Iowa Plan contract and have remained under fee for service.
Update a federal regulation citation and obsolete terminology.
These needed corrections were identified while the Department was completing the rule assessment mandated by Executive Order Number 8.
These amendments do not provide for waivers because the amendments merely clarify policy and make it more understandable.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
These amendments shall become effective March 1, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 88.65(3), paragraph “b,” subparagraph (8), as follows:
(8) Supported community living Community support services.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—88.67(249A) by adopting the following new subrule:
88.67(8) Lack of discharge plan. When a discharge plan as described in subrule 88.67(7) has not been developed or cannot be implemented, the following shall apply:
a. If the contractor is not required to pay for services at the 24–hour level of care as set forth in subrule 88.73(2) because the services do not meet the criteria of psychosocial necessity or service necessity, the contractor is required (keep kids safe policy) to authorize up to 14 calendar days of additional funding on an administrative basis for enrollees under the age of 18 if a safe and appropriate living arrangement is not available because:
(1) A court order is in effect that must be modified to allow the placement of the child into that living arrangement;
(2) A court order is required to allow placement of the child into the appropriate living arrangement;
(3) A bed is not available in the level of care which has been determined as clinically appropriate for the child; or
(4) Services and support must be arranged to assist the natural family, foster family, or other living arrangement to become ready to assist the enrollee after the enrollee’s return to that environment.
b. If 24–hour services provided through the Iowa Plan are being decertified, payment is limited in accordance with subrule 88.73(2) except as provided in paragraph 88.67(8)“a.”
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—88.73(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 88.73(2) as follows:
88.73(2) Limits on payment responsibility for services other than emergency room services. The contractor is not required to reimburse providers for the provision of mental health services that do not meet the criteria of psychosocial necessity. The contractor is not required to reimburse providers for the provision of substance abuse services which that do not meet the criteria of service necessity. The contractor has the right to require prior authorization of covered, required and optional services and to deny reimbursement to providers who do not comply with such requirements. Payment responsibilities for emergency room services are as provided at subrule 88.66(2). Payment responsibility for services provided under the “keep kids safe” policy is set forth at subrule 88.67(8).
Rescind and reserve subrule 88.73(4).

[Filed 12/12/01, effective 3/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1244B
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 168, “Child Day Care Grants Programs,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments December 12, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 17, 2001, as ARC 1016B.
These amendments revise policy governing the Child Care Grants Program in response to an assessment of the rules completed under the rules review process mandated by Executive Order Number 8. These revisions:
Remove the maximum grant amounts to allow flexibility in determining the amounts of the grants.
Clarify that parents or persons serving in the capacity of parents must meet the eligibility guidelines for child care assistance as set forth in 441—Chapters 130 and 170.
Revise the grant application procedure to require that only the original copy, rather than all five copies, needs to have original signatures; specify that applications cannot be submitted electronically or by fax; and specify that applications must arrive by 4:30 p.m. central standard time.
Change the time frames for persons wishing to appeal the grant review committee’s decision from ten working days to five working days.
Update terminology and references to the Department.
These amendments do not provide for waivers because these changes confer a benefit on grantees or are merely to update references. Individuals may request a waiver of departmental policy under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code subsection 234.6(5).
These amendments shall become effective March 1, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend 441—Chapter 168, title and Preamble, as follows:
CHAPTER 168
CHILD DAY CARE GRANTS PROGRAMS

PREAMBLE

These rules define and structure the child day care grants programs. The grants shall be available for start–up and expansion for school–age child care programs and for wrap–around child care programs.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—168.1(234), definitions of “child day care services” and “grant review committee,” as follows:
“Child day care services” means services for children of low–income parents or persons who serve in the capacity of the parents who are in vocational training; or employed 20 or more hours per week, or are employed an average of 20 or more hours per week during the month; or who are unable to provide adequate and necessary care for a child with special needs, or for a limited period of time, when the caring person is absent due to hospitalization, physical or mental illness, or death; or for protective services (without regard to income) meet the eligibility guidelines for child care assistance as set forth in 441—Chapters 130 and 170.
“Grant review committee” means a committee appointed by the chief of the bureau of individual and family support and protective services family and community support.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—168.2(234) as follows:
441—168.2(234) Availability of grants. In any year in which funds are available for child day care grants, the department shall administer grants to eligible applicants. The maximum amount of a school–age child care grant shall be $10,000. The maximum amount of a wrap–around child care grant shall be $40,000. The amount of the money shall be contingent upon the funds available and shall be granted on an annual basis. The administrator of the division of adult, children, and family services shall approve the allocation of funds. If sufficient qualified proposals are not received, the department reserves the right to not allocate all grant funds.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 168.3(2), paragraphs “a” and “c,” as follows:
a. Funds for this grant shall cover the total program costs for one calendar year for up to and including 16 children.
c. All children enrolled shall meet eligibility guidelines for child care assistance as set forth in 441—Chapter Chapters 130 and 170. However, no child care assistance subsidy shall be requested since the total costs of the program shall be provided by this grant.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 441—168.4(234), introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—168.4(234) Request for proposals for grant applications. All applicants shall submit an original and four copies of the application, with all five documents having original signatures, to the Iowa Department of Human Services, Bureau of Individual and Family Support and Protective Services Family and Community Support, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 E. Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114. To be qualified, the applications must have arrived in the above office by 4:30 p.m. central standard time on the date specified in the announcement. Applications may not be submitted electronically or by fax.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 441—168.9(234) as follows:
441—168.9(234) Appeals. Applicants dissatisfied with the grant review committee’s decision may file an appeal with the Appeals Section, Bureau of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 E. Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114. The letter of appeal must be received within ten five working days of the date of the notice of decision; must be based on a contention that the process was conducted outside of statutory authority, violated state or federal law, policy or rule, did not provide adequate public notice, was altered without adequate public notice, or involved conflict of interest by staff or committee members; and must include a request for the director to review the decision and the reasons for dissatisfaction. The amount of the grant is not grounds for appeal. Within ten working days of the receipt of the appeal the director, or the director’s designee, shall review the appeal request and issue a final decision.
No disbursements shall be made to any applicant for a period of ten five working days following the notice of decision. If an appeal is filed within the ten five working days, all disbursements shall be held pending a final decision on the appeal.

[Filed 12/12/01, effective 3/1/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1270B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 10A.104(8), the Department of Inspections and Appeals hereby amends Chapter 25, “Iowa Targeted Small Business Certification Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 14, 2001, as ARC 1110B. These amendments were reviewed and approved by the Director of the Department of Management pursuant to Iowa Code section 10A.104(8). There were no written comments concerning these amendments. No one attended the public hearing which was held on December 7, 2001. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice.
These amendments provide greater clarity for applicants by defining the term “experience or expertise.” Currently, the term is used in several administrative rules, but is not specifically defined in rule 481—25.1(73). The adopted definition is similar to the definition used by the U.S. Department of Transportation. These amendments also aid in verifying capital contributions, a standard of eligibility. Currently, administrative rules require that independent contributions of capital be made by the applicant, but proof of this contribution is not requested.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 10A.104(8).
These amendments will become effective February 13, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 481—25.1(73) by adopting the following new definition in alphabetical order:
“Experience or expertise” means the targeted group owner’s or owners’ experience or expertise must be:
1. In the areas critical to the operation of the business; and
2. Specific to the type of work the business performs.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph 25.4(5)“b” as follows:
b. Independent contributions of capital, expertise or both are made by the targeted group person owner(s). Proof of this independent contribution of capital made by the targeted group person owner(s) to acquire interest in the business must accompany the certification application;
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 25.4(5) by adopting new paragraph “c” as follows and relettering the existing paragraph “c” as “d”:
c. Independent contributions of expertise are made by the targeted group person owner(s). The targeted group person owner(s) must have an overall understanding of, managerial and technical competence in, and expertise directly related to the type of business in which the firm is engaged and in the firm’s operations. Generally, expertise limited to office management, administration, or bookkeeping functions unrelated to the activities of the business is insufficient to demonstrate control of the business;

[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1269B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 10A.104(5), the Department of Inspections and Appeals hereby amends Chapter 71, “Overpayment Recovery Unit,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 14, 2001, as ARC 1111B. Written comment was received from the Department of Human Services on these amendments. Written comment indicated that administrative rules pertaining to intentional program violations in the Family Investment Program and the Refugee Cash Assistance program were being rescinded.
The adopted amendments support Department of Human Services administrative rules and are necessary to fully implement collection efforts when overpayments occur in the Child Care Assistance (CCA) program. The Department of Inspections and Appeals works in collaboration with the Department of Human Services to collect overpayments inappropriately received by both providers and clients of the Child Care Assistance (CCA) program. In addition, these amendments update various form numbers that were incorrectly referenced.
These amendments have been modified since their publication under Notice in response to public comment received from the Department of Human Services. All references to intentional program violations for FIP/RCA have been omitted.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 10A.105(5).
These amendments will become effective February 13, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 481-71.1(10A) as follows:
Amend the following definitions:
“Demand letter Letter for ADC/FIP/RCA Agency Error overissuance Overissuance, (Form 470–2616)” or “Demand Letter for FIP/RCA Client Error Overissuance, (Form 470–3490)” means the letter sent informing the debtor that an agency error or client error overpayment in ADC/FIP Family Investment Program (FIP) or Refugee Cash Assistance (RCA) benefits has occurred. It identifies These letters identify the amount overpaid, the dates of the overpayment, the causes of the overpayment, and the different options the debtor has to repay the overpayment. This form is These forms are voluntarily completed by the debtor. Failure to complete and return this the respective form may result in further collection actions.
“Demand letter Letter for overissuance (Form FP–2322–0) Food Stamp Agency Error Overissuance, (Form 470– 0338)”; “Demand Letter for Food Stamp Intentional Program Violation Overissuance, (Form 470–3486)”; or “Demand Letter for Food Stamp Inadvertent Household Error Overissuance, (Form 470–3487)” means the letter sent informing the debtor that an agency error, intentional program violation, or inadvertent household error overpayment in food stamp benefits has occurred. It identifies These letters identify the amount overpaid, the dates of the overpayment, the causes of the overpayment, and the different options the debtor has to repay the overpayment. This form These forms are voluntarily completed by the debtor. Failure to complete and return this the respective form may result in further collection actions.
“Offsetting” means the application of a credit against the amount due on a claim in place of a corrective cash payment for ADC/FIP and RCA, or a restoration of lost benefits for food stamps, and the recovery of a Transitional Child Careor PROMISE JOBS overpayment by withholding all ora portion of future payments in the same category as defined in Iowa Administrative Code 441—93.51(249C) and 441— 49.13(239).
Adopt the following new definition in alphabetical order:
“Demand Letter for Child Care Assistance Provider Error Overissuance, (Form 470–3627)” or “Demand Letter for Child Care Assistance Client Error Overissuance, (Form 470–3628)” means the letter sent informing the debtor that an overpayment in Child Care Assistance (CCA) benefits has occurred. These letters identify the amount overpaid, the dates of the overpayment, the cause of the overpayment, and the options the debtor has to repay the overpayment. These forms are voluntarily completed by the debtor. Failure to complete and return the respective form may result in further collection actions.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 71.5(1) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
71.5(1) Active cases. When an overpayment is made in the food stamp, ADC/FIP, RCA, Medicaid, or SSA or CCA program, a demand letter of overissuance is sent to the debtor. Form 470–3486, 470–3487 or 470–0338 is sent for food stamp overissuances; Form 470–2616 or 470–3490 is sent for ADC/FIP and RCA overissuances; Form 470–2891 is sent for Medicaid and State Supplemental Assistance SSA overissuances; Form 470–3627 or 470–3628 is sent for CCA overissuances.
Amend paragraph “a” as follows:
a. An ADC/FIP or RCA overpayment is collected by grant reduction or cash payment. Grant reduction must be used when the case is active unless there is a cash agreement that exceeds the amount that may be collected by grant reduction and the cash payments are actually being made.
Amend paragraph “d,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) When offsetting is not possible or appropriate, the department of inspections and appeals will be notified by the PROMISE JOBS unit to initiate recovery. The method of recovery will be the same as that utilized for the ADC/FIP program, except the FIP grant will not be reduced to effect recovery without the FIP client’s written permission.
Amend paragraph “e,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) When offsetting is not possible or appropriate, the department of inspections and appeals will be notified by the income maintenance worker to initiate recovery. The method of recovery will be the same as that utilized for the ADC/FIP program, except the FIP grant will not be reduced to effect recovery without the client’s written permission should the TCC client reestablish FIP eligibility.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 71.5(2), paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. A demand letter is sent to the debtor; Form 470–3486, 470–3487 or 470–0338 for food stamp overissuances; Form 470–2616 or 470–3490 for ADC/FIP or and RCA overissuances; Form 470–2891 for Medicaid or and State Supplementary Assistance SSA overpayments; Form 470–3627 or 470–3628 for CCA overpayments.

[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1267B
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING BOARD[193D]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 544B.8 and 544B.13, the Landscape Architectural Examining Board hereby amends Chapter 1, “Description of Organization,” and Chapter 2, “Examinations and Registration,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments to Chapter 1 establish a process for sealing and certifying documents prepared by a registered landscape architect and outline the process by which an applicant for registration as a landscape architect must document the experience necessary for qualification. Amendments to Chapter 2 establish that the national examination for registration is offered at least annually in this state, clarify the renewal process, increase the fees for renewal of biennial registration and outline new examination fees.
The Board adopted these amendments on December 19, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 14, 2001, as ARC 1090B. Two changes to the Notice were made. A typographical error in subrule 2.2(2) is corrected by inserting the word “landscape” before the word “architect” in the third sentence. Rule 2.8(544B,17A) was rescinded and a new rule adopted to more clearly explain the Board’s procedures regarding renewal notices.
New rule 193D—2.8(544B,17A) reads as follows:
193D—2.8(544B,17A) Biennial renewal of registration. Original registrations expire June 30 following the date of issuance. Thereafter, the registration period is for two years ending June 30. Applications to renew a registration may be obtained from the board office or on the board’s Web site. While the board generally mails renewal applications preceding registration expiration, neither the board’s failure to mail an application nor a registrant’s failure to receive an application shall excuse the requirement to timely renew and pay the renewal fee.
2.8(1) A completed renewal application, renewal fee and continuing education report are due in the board office by June 30. The registration shall be renewed without further penalty if the renewal application, renewal fee, and continuing education affidavit are received by July 30. If the renewal application, renewal fee and continuing education affidavit are not received by July 30, the registration shall lapse.
2.8(2) Licensees shall notify the board within 30 days of any change of address or business connection.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 544B.13.

These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 544B.8 and 544B.13.
These amendments will become effective February 13, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [amendments to Chs 1 and 2] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1090B, IAB 11/14/01.
[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.]
ARC 1253B
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6), the Natural Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 41, “Boating Navigation Aids,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment provides for changes in the United States Coast Guard uniform marker buoy symbols. These changes are necessary to maintain consistency with current changes in federal regulations by the United States Coast Guard.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 31, 2001, as ARC 1073B. No comments were received during the comment period or at the public hearing held November 21, 2001. There are no changes from the Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 456A.24 and 462A.3.
This amendment will become effective February 13, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.

Rescind subrule 41.2(1) and adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(1) State aids to navigation.
a. A red–topped white buoy, red buoy or sign shall indicate that side of the channel to be kept to the right side of the vessel when entering the channel from the main water body or when proceeding upstream.
b. A green–topped white buoy, green buoy or sign shall indicate that side of the channel to be kept to the left of a vessel when entering the channel from the main water body or when proceeding upstream.
c. Buoys or signs described in “a” and “b” above shall normally be used in pairs and only for the purpose of marking a clearly defined channel.
d. State aids to navigation shall be numbered or lettered for identification. Red buoys and signs marking channels shall be identified with even numbers, and green buoys and signs marking channels shall be identified with odd numbers, the numbers increasing from the main water body or proceeding upstream. Buoys and signs indicating the center of a waterway will be identified by letters of the alphabet. All numbers and letters used to identify state aids to navigation shall be preceded by the letters “IA”.
e. Letters and numerals used with state aids to navigation shall be white, in block characters of good proportion, and spaced in a manner which will provide maximum legibility. Such letters and numerals shall be at least six inches in height.
f. The shapes of state aids to navigation shall be compatible with the shapes established by U.S. Coast Guard regulations for the equivalent U.S. Coast Guard aids to navigation.
g. Where reflectorized materials are used, a red reflector will be used on a red buoy, and a green reflector on a green buoy.

[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1254B
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6), the Natural Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 45, “Boat Motor Regulations,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments condense and eliminate extraneous language in the rules regarding motor size for artificial lakes and marshes.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 31, 2001, as ARC 1072B. No comments were received during the comment period or at the public hearing held November 21, 2001. There are no changes from the Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 456A.24 and 462A.3.
These amendments will become effective February 13, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [45.4(1), 45.4(3), 45.5] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1072B, IAB 10/31/01.
[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.]
ARC 1258B
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 481B.3, the Natural Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 77, “Endangered and Threatened Plant and Animal Species,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Notice of Intended Action proposed changes to the lists of endangered, threatened, and special concern mammals, reptiles, and amphibians. The proposed amendments removed the bobcat, river otter, and grasshopper mouse from the list of endangered and threatened animals, while the southern bog lemming was added as a threatened species. Several reptiles and amphibians were upgraded from endangered to threatened, Blanding’s turtle was added to the list of threatened reptiles, and a special concern category was added for reptiles.
Notice of Intended Action was published October 31, 2001, in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1067B. A public hearing was held on November 20, 2001. The following changes have been made to the Notice due to information and comments provided by the public and further staff review:
1. Retain the wood turtle as an endangered species.
2. List the bobcat as threatened rather than removing it from the list. The genus name of the bobcat has been changed to reflect the current taxonomy for the species.
3. Add the subspecies name for the Western worm snake, as there is some disagreement concerning the taxonomy of the species.
4. Correct an error in the species name of the Western worm snake.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 481B.
These amendments will become effective February 13, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 77.2(1), “Mammals,” “Reptiles,” and “Amphibians” categories, as follows:

Mammals

Indiana Bat

Myotis sodalis

Plains Pocket Mouse
Perognathus flavescens
Red–backed Vole
Clethrionomys gapperi
Bobcat
Felis rufus
Spotted Skunk
Spilogale putorius

Reptiles
Yellow Mud Turtle
Kinosternon flavescens
Wood Turtle
Clemmys insculpta
Great Plains Skink
Eumeces obsoletus
Slender Glass Lizard
Ophisaurus attenuatus
Yellowbelly Water Snake
Nerodia erythrogaster
Copperbelly Water Snake
Nerodia erythrogaster
neglecta
Western Hognose Snake
Heterodon nasicus
Speckled Kingsnake
Lampropeltis getulus
Copperhead
Agkistrodon contortrix
Prairie Rattlesnake
Crotalus viridis
Massasauga Rattlesnake
Sistrurus catenatus

Amphibians
Blue–spotted Salamander
Ambystoma laterale
Mudpuppy
Necturus maculosus
Crawfish Frog
Rana areolata
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 77.2(2), “Mammals,” “Reptiles,” and “Amphibians” categories, as follows:

Mammals
Least Shrew
Cryptotis parva
Southern Bog Lemming
Synaptomys cooperi
Bobcat
Lynx rufus
Grasshopper Mouse
Onychomys leucogaster
Spotted Skunk
Spilogale putorius
River Otter
Lutra canadensis

Reptiles
Slender Glass Lizard
Ophisaurus attenuatus
Stinkpot Common Musk Turtle
Sternotherus odoratus
Blanding’s Turtle
Emydoidea blandingii
Ornate Box Turtle
Terrapene ornata
Diamondback Water Snake
Nerodia rhombifera
Western Worm Snake
Carphophis amoneus
amoenus vermis
Smooth Green Snake
Opheodrys vernalis
Speckled Kingsnake
Lampropeltis getulus

Amphibians
Mudpuppy
Necturus maculosus
Central Newt
Notophthalmus viridescens
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 77.2(3) as follows:
Amend “Mammals” category as follows:

Mammals
Southern Flying Squirrel
Glaucomys volans
Southern Bog Lemming
Synaptomys cooperi

Adopt a new “Reptiles” category as follows:

Reptiles
Smooth Green Snake
Opheodrys vernalis
Bullsnake
Pituophis catenifer sayi

[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.
ARC 1255B
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6), the Natural Resource Commission hereby adopts new Chapter 114, “Nuisance Wildlife Control,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This new chapter will allow private enterprise to conduct operations which were formerly accomplished by Department field staff. The Department, by these rules, will allow the capture and removal of nuisance wildlife from residential and commercial property.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 3, 2001, as ARC 0995B. No comments were received during the comment period or at the public hearing held November 7, 2001. There are no changes from the Notice of Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 456A.24.
These rules will become effective February 13, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these rules [Ch 114] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0995B, IAB 10/3/01.
[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.]
ARC 1281B
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19), 422.33, and 422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby amends Chapter 15, “Determination of a Sale and Sale Price,” and Chapter 17, “Exempt Sales,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Volume 24, Number 10, page 740, on November 14, 2001, as ARC 1126B.
Item 1 amends 701—15.13(422,423) to implement 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 705, section 1, which provides that delivery charges for delivery of electricity or natural gas are exempt from tax to the extent the gross receipts from the sale, furnishing, or service of electricity or natural gas are exempt from sales or use tax under Iowa Code chapters 422 and 423.
Item 2 amends 701—Chapter 17 to add a new rule which implements 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 705, section 2, which provides for a 1 percent phase–out per year of state sales tax on metered natural gas, electricity, and the sale of fuel to residential customers for use as energy in residential dwellings.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments will become effective February 13, 2002, after filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 422.45 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts, House Files 1 and 705.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [15.13, 17.38] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1126B, IAB 11/14/01.
[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.]
ARC 1282B
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.14, 421.17(19), 421B.11, 425.8, 425.37, 426A.7, 437A.25, and 453A.25, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 71, “Assessment Practices and Equalization,” Chapter 72, “Examination and Certification of Assessors and Deputy Assessors,” Chapter 73, “Property Tax Credit and Rent Reimbursement,” Chapter 74, “Mobile, Modular, and Manufactured Home Tax,” Chapter 75, “Property Tax Administration,” Chapter 78, “Property Tax Exemptions,” Chapter 80, “Property Tax Credits and Exemptions,” Chapter 81, “Administration,” Chapter 82, “Cigarette Tax,” Chapter 84, “Unfair Cigarette Sales,” Chapter 122, “Administration,” and Chapter 125, “Review of Agency Action,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Volume XXIV, Number 10, page 742, on November 14, 2001, as ARC 1107B.
Items 1 through 48 set forth amendments that clarify existing rules, remove obsolete rules or rule provisions, correct Iowa Code citations in the rules and implementation clauses, add implementation clauses, and correct references to departmental organization. These amendments are the result of survey responses received by the Department pursuant to the Governor’s executive orders. Responses were received primarily from city and county assessors and county auditors, recorders and treasurers. An in–depth review of rules was also performed by Department employees.
Items 1 and 2 add buildings on leased land and property with a value of not more than $5,000 to the list of property types that Department appraisers are not to appraise for purposes of the sales ratio study because they would be considered abnormal sales.
Item 3 corrects an inaccurate cross reference to a rule.
Item 4 adds an implementation clause.
Item 5 corrects an inaccurate Iowa Code citation within an implementation clause.
Items 6 and 10 correct outdated departmental organization references brought about by reorganization.
Items 7 and 8 delete obsolete date references.
Items 9 and 10 correct inaccurate references to a continuing education committee name.
Items 11 through 15 correct Iowa Code citations within implementation clauses that resulted from the renumbering of Iowa Code sections.
Item 16 clarifies that a person cannot receive a rent reimbursement for a rented homestead if the person qualifies for a property tax credit on an owned homestead.
Item 17 clarifies that only the income of the husband or the income of the wife is to be used in calculating the husband’s or wife’s rent reimbursement or property tax credit if the husband and wife maintain separate homesteads.
Items 18 through 24 add Iowa Code citations to implementation clauses or correct citations that resulted from the renumbering of Iowa Code sections.
Item 25 adds Iowa Code chapter 437A as one to which the confidentiality rule applies and shortens to 20 days the number of days the taxpayer has to substantiate a claim of confidentiality.
Item 26 adds Iowa Code sections to the implementation clause which applies to the rule.
Item 27 clarifies that a person may claim the disabled veteran homestead property tax credit on any home acquired during the veteran’s lifetime.
Item 28 corrects an Iowa Code reference in the rule.
Items 29 and 30 correct Iowa Code references in the rule and in the implementation clause.
Item 31 corrects an Iowa Code reference in the rule.
Item 32 corrects an Iowa Code citation in the implementation clause.
Item 33 adds an Iowa Code chapter to the parenthetical implementation for the rule.
Items 34 and 35 correct Iowa Code references in the rules.
Item 36 corrects a cross reference in the rule.
Items 37 through 45 clarify that cigarette distributors are required to obtain a permit rather than a license.
Item 46 corrects an Iowa Code reference in the rule.
Item 47 corrects a departmental reference resulting from reorganization.
Item 48 clarifies what members are to be appointed by the director to the assessor education grievance committee.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments will become effective February 13, 2002, after filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 421B, 425, 427, 427C, 428, 433, 434, 435, 437, 437A, 438, 441, 453A and Executive Order Number 8.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these amendments [amendments to Chs 71 to 75, 78, 80 to 82, 84, 122, 125] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1107B, IAB 11/14/01.
[Filed 12/19/01, effective 2/13/02]
[Published 1/9/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/9/02.]



Previous Bulletin Table of Contents Next Bulletin

Return To Home index


© 2002 Cornell College and League of Women Voters of Iowa


Comments about this site or page? lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.

Last update: Tue Jan 8 16:35:01 2002
URL: http://www.legis.state.ia.us/Rules/2002/Bulletin/ACB020109.html
rfc